白光 The White Light

By the time Chen Shicheng had looked over the county examination results and returned home, it was already afternoon.He had actually gone very early, and as soon as he saw the list, he began searching it for the character Chen.There were quite a few Chens, and they all seemed to leap into his eyes as if vying to be first, yet what followed was never the two characters Shicheng.So he searched again carefully through the circular diagrams of all twelve lists; the other viewers had all long since dispersed, and in the end Chen Shicheng was nowhere to be found on the list — he stood alone before the screen wall of the examination hall.

Chén — 1. surname Chen 2. Chen (c. 1045 – 479 BC), a Zhou dynasty state 3. Chen (557–589), one of the Southern Dynasties 南朝 (Nán Cháo)
Shì — surname Shi
Chéng — 1. surname Cheng 2. short name for Chengdu 成都 (Chéng dū) (HSK 2)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
xiàn — 1. county 2. (Japan) prefecture (HSK 4)
kǎo — 1. to check 2. to verify 3. to test 4. to examine 5. to take an exam 6. to take an entrance exam for 7. deceased father (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
bǎng — 1. notice or announcement 2. list of names 3. public roll of successful examinees
回到
huí dào — to return to (HSK 1)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
已經
yǐ jīng — already (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
下午
xià wǔ — 1. afternoon 2. classifier: 個 (gè) 3. p.m. (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
去得
qù de — can go
běn — 1. (bound form) root; stem 2. (bound form) origin; source 3. (bound form) one's own; this 4. (bound form) this; the current (year etc) 5. (bound form) original 6. (bound form) inherent 7. originally; initially 8. capital; principal 9. classifier for books, periodicals, files etc (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
zǎo — 1. early 2. morning 3. Good morning! 4. long ago 5. prematurely (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
jiàn — 1. to see 2. to meet 3. to appear (to be sth) 4. to interview 5. opinion 6. view (HSK 1)
bǎng — 1. notice or announcement 2. list of names 3. public roll of successful examinees
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
xiān — 1. beforehand; first; earlier 2. at first; originally 3. for the time being; for now 4. (prefix) my late (in referring to deceased relatives older than oneself) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
上面
shàng miàn — 1. on top of 2. above-mentioned 3. also pr. (shàng mian) (HSK 3)
xún — 1. to search 2. to look for 3. to seek (HSK 7-9)
Chén — 1. surname Chen 2. Chen (c. 1045 – 479 BC), a Zhou dynasty state 3. Chen (557–589), one of the Southern Dynasties 南朝 (Nán Cháo)
zì — 1. letter 2. symbol 3. character 4. word 5. classifier: 個 (gè) 6. courtesy or style name traditionally given to males aged 20 in dynastic China (HSK 1)
Chén — 1. surname Chen 2. Chen (c. 1045 – 479 BC), a Zhou dynasty state 3. Chen (557–589), one of the Southern Dynasties 南朝 (Nán Cháo)
zì — 1. letter 2. symbol 3. character 4. word 5. classifier: 個 (gè) 6. courtesy or style name traditionally given to males aged 20 in dynastic China (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不少
bù shǎo — many; quite a few; a good number of (HSK 2)
似乎
sì hū — it seems; seemingly; as if (HSK 4)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
爭先恐後
zhēng xiān kǒng hòu — (idiom) to compete to be first; to scramble to get ahead; to rush forward for fear of falling behind (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
跳進
tiào jìn — 1. to plunge into 2. to jump into
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
眼睛
yǎn jing — 1. eye 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 雙 (shuāng) (HSK 2)
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
然而
rán ér — however; but; yet (HSK 4)
接着
jiē zhe — 1. to catch and hold on 2. to continue 3. to go on to do sth 4. to follow 5. to carry on 6. then 7. after that 8. subsequently 9. to proceed 10. to ensue 11. in turn 12. in one's turn (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
Quán — surname Quan (HSK 2)
不是
bù shì — 1. no 2. is not 3. not
Shì — surname Shi
Chéng — 1. surname Cheng 2. short name for Chengdu 成都 (Chéng dū) (HSK 2)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
zì — 1. letter 2. symbol 3. character 4. word 5. classifier: 個 (gè) 6. courtesy or style name traditionally given to males aged 20 in dynastic China (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
于是
yú shì — thereupon; as a result; consequently; thus; hence (HSK 4)
重新
chóng xīn — again; once more; re- (HSK 2)
zài — 1. again; once more; re- 2. further; beyond this point of time 3. (before an adjective) more 4. then (after sth, and not until then) 5. no matter how ... (followed by an adjective or verb, and then (usually) 也 (yě) or 都 (dōu) for emphasis) 6. (used to introduce additional information, as in 再則 (zài zé), 再就是 (zài jiù shì) etc) 7. (literary) to reappear; to reoccur (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
十二
shí èr — 1. twelve 2. 12
Zhāng — surname Zhang (HSK 3)
bǎng — 1. notice or announcement 2. list of names 3. public roll of successful examinees
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yuán — 1. circle 2. round 3. circular 4. spherical 5. (of the moon) full 6. unit of Chinese currency (yuan) 7. tactful 8. to make consistent and whole (the narrative of a dream or a lie) (HSK 4)
tú — 1. diagram 2. picture 3. drawing 4. chart 5. map 6. classifier: 張 (zhāng) 7. to plan 8. to scheme 9. to attempt 10. to pursue 11. to seek (HSK 3)
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
細細
xì xì — 1. attentive 2. careful
de — 1. -ly 2. structural particle: used before a verb or adjective, linking it to preceding modifying adverbial adjunct (HSK 1)
搜尋
sōu xún — to search; to look for (HSK 7-9)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
Quán — surname Quan (HSK 2)
yǐ — 1. already 2. to stop 3. then 4. afterwards (HSK 3)
散盡
sàn jìn — to be totally dispersed (crowd)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
Chén — 1. surname Chen 2. Chen (c. 1045 – 479 BC), a Zhou dynasty state 3. Chen (557–589), one of the Southern Dynasties 南朝 (Nán Cháo)
Shì — surname Shi
Chéng — 1. surname Cheng 2. short name for Chengdu 成都 (Chéng dū) (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
bǎng — 1. notice or announcement 2. list of names 3. public roll of successful examinees
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
zhōng — 1. end 2. finish
Yú — surname Yu (HSK 6)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
jiàn — 1. to see 2. to meet 3. to appear (to be sth) 4. to interview 5. opinion 6. view (HSK 1)
Shàn — surname Shan (HSK 4)
zhàn — 1. station 2. to stand 3. to halt 4. to stop 5. branch of a company or organization 6. website (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to test 2. to try 3. experiment 4. examination 5. test (HSK 1)
yuàn — 1. courtyard 2. institution 3. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
照壁
zhào bì — a screen wall across the gate of a house (for privacy)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
面前
miàn qián — 1. in front of 2. facing 3. (in the) presence (of) (HSK 2)

陈士成看过县考的榜,回到家里的时候,已经是下午了。他去得本很早,一见榜,便先在这上面寻陈字。陈字也不少,似乎也都争先恐后的跳进他眼睛里来,然而接着的却全不是士成这两个字。他于是重新再在十二张榜的圆图里细细地搜寻,看的人全已散尽了,而陈士成在榜上终于没有见,单站在试院的照壁的面前。

Though the cool breeze stirred his graying, close-cropped hair, the early-winter sun still shone down on him quite mildly.But he seemed to grow dizzy from the sun's warmth, his face turning ever more ashen, and from his weary, red-swollen eyes there came a strange, flashing light.By now he had actually long since stopped seeing anything of the notice on the wall — he saw only a great many pitch-black circles drifting vaguely before his eyes.

Liáng — the five Liang of the Sixteen Kingdoms, namely: Former Liang 前涼 (314-376), Later Liang 後涼 (386-403), Northern Liang 北涼 (398-439), Southern Liang 南涼 (Nán Liáng) (397-414), Western Liang 西涼 (400-421) (HSK 2)
fēng — 1. wind 2. news 3. style 4. custom 5. manner 6. classifier: 陣 (zhèn), 絲 (sī) (HSK 1)
雖然
suī rán — although; even though (often used correlatively with 可是 (kě shì) or 但是 (dàn shì) etc) (HSK 2)
bì — old variant of 弼 (bì)
bì — old variant of 弼 (bì)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
chuī — 1. to blow 2. to play a wind instrument 3. to blast 4. to puff 5. to boast 6. to brag 7. to end in failure 8. to fall through (HSK 2)
dòng — 1. (of sth) to move 2. to set in movement 3. to displace 4. to touch 5. to make use of 6. to stir (emotions) 7. to alter 8. abbr. for 動詞 (dòng cí), verb (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
斑白
bān bái — 1. grizzled 2. graying
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
短髮
duǎn fà — short hair
初冬
chū dōng — early winter
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
太陽
tài yang — 1. sun 2. sunlight; sunshine 3. temple (on the side of the human head) (abbr. for 太陽穴 (tài yáng xué)) (HSK 2)
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
還是
hái shi — 1. still (as before) 2. had better 3. unexpectedly 4. or (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
溫和
wēn hé — 1. mild 2. gentle 3. moderate (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
shài — 1. (of the sun) to shine on 2. to bask in (the sunshine) 3. to dry (clothes, grain etc) in the sun 4. (fig.) to expose and share (one's experiences and thoughts) on the Web (loanword from "share") 5. (coll.) to give the cold shoulder to (HSK 4)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
似乎
sì hū — it seems; seemingly; as if (HSK 4)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
太陽
tài yang — 1. sun 2. sunlight; sunshine 3. temple (on the side of the human head) (abbr. for 太陽穴 (tài yáng xué)) (HSK 2)
shài — 1. (of the sun) to shine on 2. to bask in (the sunshine) 3. to dry (clothes, grain etc) in the sun 4. (fig.) to expose and share (one's experiences and thoughts) on the Web (loanword from "share") 5. (coll.) to give the cold shoulder to (HSK 4)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
頭暈
tóu yūn — dizzy (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
臉色
liǎn sè — 1. complexion 2. look (HSK 5)
Yuè — 1. generic word for peoples or states of south China or south Asia at different historical periods 2. abbr. for Vietnam 越南 (HSK 2)
Jiā — 1. Canada (abbr. for 加拿大 (Jiā ná dà)) 2. surname Jia (HSK 2)
變成
biàn chéng — 1. to change into 2. to turn into 3. to become (HSK 2)
灰白
huī bái — ash-colored
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
Láo — surname Lao
fá — 1. short of 2. tired
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
紅腫
hóng zhǒng — 1. inflamed 2. red and swollen
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
yǎn — 1. eye (classifier: 隻 (zhī), 雙 (shuāng)) 2. (often used with 一 (yī)) a look; a glance 3. small hole 4. (bound form) salient point 5. classifier for wells, cave-dwellings etc (HSK 2)
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
發出
fā chū — 1. to issue (an order, decree etc); to send out; to dispatch 2. to produce (a sound); to let out (a laugh) (HSK 3)
古怪
gǔ guài — 1. strange 2. weird 3. eccentric 4. bizarre (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
閃光
shǎn guāng — flash
這時
zhè shí — 1. at this time 2. at this moment (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
其實
qí shí — actually; in fact; really (HSK 3)
早已
zǎo yǐ — 1. for a long time; long since 2. (dialect) in the past (HSK 3)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
看到
kàn dào — to see (HSK 1)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
qiáng — 1. wall (classifier: 面 (miàn), 堵 (dǔ)) 2. (slang) to block (a website) (usu. in the passive: 被牆 (bèi qiáng)) (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
bǎng — 1. notice or announcement 2. list of names 3. public roll of successful examinees
Wén — surname Wen (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
只見
zhǐ jiàn — 1. to see (the same thing) over and over again 2. to see, to one's surprise, (sth happen suddenly) (HSK 5)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
許多
xǔ duō — 1. many 2. a lot of 3. much (HSK 2)
烏黑
wū hēi — 1. jet-black 2. dark
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
圓圈
yuán quān — circle
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
眼前
yǎn qián — 1. before one's eyes 2. now 3. at present (HSK 3)
fàn — 1. (bound form) general 2. non-specific 3. extensive 4. pan- 5. to flood 6. (literary) to float about 7. to be suffused with (a color, emotion, odor etc)
fàn — 1. (bound form) general 2. non-specific 3. extensive 4. pan- 5. to flood 6. (literary) to float about 7. to be suffused with (a color, emotion, odor etc)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
游走
yóu zǒu — to swim away

凉风虽然拂拂的吹动他斑白的短发,初冬的太阳却还是很温和的来晒他。但他似乎被太阳晒得头晕了,脸色越加变成灰白,从劳乏的红肿的两眼里,发出古怪的闪光。这时他其实早已不看到什么墙上的榜文了,只见有许多乌黑的圆圈,在眼前泛泛的游走。

,……Having passed as a xiucai, he would go up to the provincial capital for the examinations, sailing straight on to success after success, ...,……Since the local gentry would then go to every length to claim kinship with him, and everyone would regard him with the awe due a god, deeply repenting their former slights and foolishness, ...——,——,……He would drive out the tenants of mixed surnames who rented rooms in his dilapidated old house — though in fact there would be no need to drive them out, they would move away of their own accord — the house all made new, with a flagpole and a horizontal tablet at the gate, ...。……If he wished to remain above worldly concerns he could serve as a metropolitan official; otherwise, better to seek a post out in the provinces. ...His future, so carefully arranged in his ordinary daydreams, now collapsed all at once like a sugar pagoda struck by damp, leaving only a heap of fragments.Without realizing it he turned his body, which felt as if it had come loose at the joints, and walked dazedly homeward.

Juàn — surname Juan
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
秀才
xiù cai — 1. a person who has passed the county level imperial exam (historical) 2. scholar 3. skillful writer 4. fine talent
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
省去
shěng qù — 1. to omit 2. to dispense with 3. to make unnecesary 4. to save (time, trouble etc)
鄉試
xiāng shì — the triennial provincial imperial exam during the Ming and Qing
一徑
yī jìng — 1. directly 2. straightaway 3. straight
lián — 1. (bound form) to ally oneself with; to unite; to combine; to join 2. (bound form) (poetry) antithetical couplet
Jié — 1. Czech 2. Czech Republic 3. abbr. for 捷克 (Jié kè)
上去
shàng qù — to go up (HSK 3)
紳士
shēn shì — gentleman (HSK 7-9)
men — plural marker for pronouns, and nouns referring to individuals
既然
jì rán — since; as; this being the case (HSK 4)
千方百計
qiān fāng bǎi jì — lit. thousand ways, a hundred plans (idiom); by every possible means (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
攀親
pān qīn — to seek to profit by family ties
人們
rén men — people (HSK 2)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
看見
kàn jiàn — to see; to catch sight of (HSK 1)
神明
shén míng — 1. deities 2. gods
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)
敬畏
jìng wèi — to revere
shēn — (lit. and fig.) deep (HSK 3)
huǐ — (bound form) to regret; to repent
先前
xiān qián — before; previously (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
輕薄
qīng bó — 1. light (weight) 2. frivolous 3. a philanderer 4. to scorn 5. disrespectful
發昏
fā hūn — to faint
趕走
gǎn zǒu — 1. to drive out 2. to turn back
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zū — 1. to hire 2. to rent 3. to charter 4. to rent out 5. to lease out 6. rent 7. land tax (HSK 2)
zhù — 1. to live; to reside; to stay 2. to stop; to cease 3. (result complement indicating firmness or a stable achieved state) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
自己
zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)
pò — 1. broken 2. damaged 3. worn out 4. lousy 5. rotten 6. to break, split or cleave 7. to get rid of 8. to destroy 9. to break with 10. to defeat 11. to capture (a city etc) 12. to expose the truth of (HSK 3)
zhái — 1. residence 2. (coll.) to stay in at home 3. to hang around at home
Mén — surname Men (HSK 1)
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zá — 1. mixed 2. miscellaneous 3. various 4. to mix (HSK 6)
xìng — 1. family name; surname 2. to be surnamed ... (HSK 2)
那是
nà shi — 1. (coll.) of course 2. naturally 3. indeed
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
Láo — surname Lao
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
gǎn — 1. to overtake; to catch up with 2. to hurry; to rush 3. to try to catch (the bus etc) 4. to drive (cattle etc) forward; to drive (sb) away 5. to avail oneself of (an opportunity) 6. until; by (a certain time) (HSK 3)
自己
zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
bān — 1. to move (i.e. relocate oneself) 2. to move (sth relatively heavy or bulky) 3. to shift 4. to copy indiscriminately (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
屋宇
wū yǔ — 1. (literary) house 2. building
全新
quán xīn — all new; completely new (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
門口
mén kǒu — 1. doorway 2. gate 3. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
qí — 1. banner 2. flag 3. (in Qing times) Manchu (cf. 八旗 (Bā qí)) 4. administrative subdivision in inner Mongolia equivalent to 縣 (xiàn) county 5. classifier: 面 (miàn)
竿
gān — (bound form) pole; rod
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
扁額
biǎn é — variant of 匾額 (biǎn é)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
清高
qīng gāo — 1. noble and virtuous 2. aloof from politics and material pursuits
可以
kě yǐ — 1. can 2. may 3. possible 4. able to 5. not bad 6. pretty good (HSK 2)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
Jīng — 1. surname Jing 2. short name for Beijing 北京 (Běi jīng) 3. Gin or Jing, ethnic minority of China, descendants of ethnic Vietnamese people living mainly in Guangxi 4. Kinh, the ethnic majority in Vietnam
Guān — surname Guan (HSK 4)
否則
fǒu zé — otherwise; if not; or (else) (HSK 4)
不如
bù rú — 1. not equal to; not as good as; inferior to 2. it would be better to (HSK 2)
móu — 1. to plan 2. to seek 3. scheme
外放
wài fàng — 1. extroverted 2. outgoing 3. to play audio through speakers (rather than through earphones) 4. (old) to appoint to a post outside the capital
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
平日
píng rì — 1. ordinary day 2. everyday 3. ordinarily 4. usually (HSK 7-9)
安排
ān pái — 1. to arrange 2. to plan 3. to set up 4. arrangements 5. plans (HSK 3)
停當
tíng dang — 1. settled 2. accomplished 3. ready 4. Taiwan pr. (tíng dàng)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
前程
qián chéng — future (career etc) prospects
這時
zhè shí — 1. at this time 2. at this moment (HSK 2)
hòu — 1. to wait 2. to inquire after 3. to watch 4. season 5. climate 6. (old) period of five days
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
受潮
shòu cháo — to get moist; to get damp (due to humidity, seepage etc)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
táng — 1. sugar 2. sweets 3. candy 4. classifier: 顆 (kē), 塊 (kuài) (HSK 3)
tǎ — 1. pagoda (abbr. for 塔婆 (tǎ pó), a loanword from Sanskrit stūpa); tower; pylon (classifier: 座 (zuò)) 2. (loanword) (pastry) tart (HSK 6)
一般
yī bān — 1. same 2. ordinary 3. so-so 4. common 5. general 6. generally 7. in general (HSK 2)
剎時
chà shí — 1. in a flash 2. in the twinkling of an eye
倒塌
dǎo tā — 1. to collapse (of building) 2. to topple over (HSK 7-9)
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
剩下
shèng xià — to remain; to be left over (HSK 5)
一堆
yī duī — pile; heap; a lot of; a bunch of
碎片
suì piàn — chip; fragment; splinter; tatter
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
自覺
zì jué — 1. to realize; to be aware of; to feel that; to be conscious of (sth relating to oneself) 2. responsible; predisposed to do the right thing; considerate of others (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
旋轉
xuán zhuǎn — 1. to rotate 2. to revolve 3. to spin 4. to whirl (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
渙散
huàn sàn — 1. to slacken 2. lax 3. slack 4. disorganized
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
身軀
shēn qū — body (HSK 7-9)
wǎng — 1. disappointed 2. perplexed
wǎng — 1. disappointed 2. perplexed
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
走向
zǒu xiàng — 1. direction 2. strike (i.e. angle of inclination in geology) 3. inclination 4. trend 5. to move towards 6. to head for
Guī — surname Gui (HSK 4)
家的
jiā de — (old) wife
Lù — surname Lu (HSK 1)

隽了秀才,上省去乡试,一径联捷上去,……绅士们既然千方百计的来攀亲,人们又都像看见神明似的敬畏,深悔先前的轻薄,发昏,……赶走了租住在自己破宅门里的杂姓——那是不劳说赶,自己就搬的,——屋宇全新了,门口是旗竿和扁额,……要清高可以做京官,否则不如谋外放。……他平日安排停当的前程,这时候又像受潮的糖塔一般,刹时倒塌,只剩下一堆碎片了。他不自觉的旋转了觉得涣散了的身躯,惘惘的走向归家的路。

Just as he reached the door of his own room, his seven pupils all at once opened their throats and began reciting their lessons in a shrill chorus.He gave a great start, as if a chime had been struck beside his ear; he saw only seven heads with little queues trailing, swaying before his eyes, swaying until the whole room seemed to sway, black circles dancing in among them.He sat down, and they brought up their evening lessons for him to check, their faces all showing a look of faint contempt for him.

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
gāng — 1. (literary) hard; firm; strong 2. exactly; precisely 3. barely; only just 4. just; only a short while ago (HSK 2)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
自己
zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
房門
fáng mén — door of a room
kǒu — 1. mouth 2. classifier for things with mouths (people, domestic animals, cannons, wells etc) 3. classifier for bites or mouthfuls (HSK 1)
qī — 1. seven 2. 7 (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
學童
xué tóng — schoolchild
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
一齊
yī qí — 1. at the same time 2. simultaneously (HSK 6)
放開
fàng kāi — 1. to let go 2. to release
喉嚨
hóu lóng — the throat (HSK 7-9)
zhī — (onom.) creaking or groaning
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
niàn — variant of 念 (niàn), to read aloud (HSK 3)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
Shū — abbr. for 書經 (Shū jīng) (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
chī — variant of 吃 (chī) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
jīng — 1. to startle 2. to be frightened 3. to be scared 4. alarm (HSK 7-9)
耳朵
ěr duo — 1. ear 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 個 (gè), 對 (duì) 3. handle (on a cup) (HSK 5)
biān — 1. side 2. edge 3. margin 4. border 5. boundary 6. classifier: 個 (gè) 7. simultaneously (HSK 2)
似乎
sì hū — it seems; seemingly; as if (HSK 4)
qiāo — 1. to hit 2. to strike 3. to tap 4. to rap 5. to knock 6. to rip sb off 7. to overcharge (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一聲
yī shēng — first tone in Mandarin (high, level tone)
qìng — chime stones, ancient percussion instrument made of stone or jade pieces hung in a row and struck as a xylophone
只見
zhǐ jiàn — 1. to see (the same thing) over and over again 2. to see, to one's surprise, (sth happen suddenly) (HSK 5)
qī — 1. seven 2. 7 (HSK 1)
個頭
gè tóu — 1. size 2. height
tuō — 1. to drag 2. to tow 3. to trail 4. to hang down 5. to mop (the floor) 6. to delay 7. to drag on (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
小辮子
xiǎo biàn zi — 1. pigtail 2. (fig.) a shortcoming or evidence of wrongdoing that can be seized upon by others
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
眼前
yǎn qián — 1. before one's eyes 2. now 3. at present (HSK 3)
huǎng — 1. shop sign 2. (literary) window curtain
huǎng — 1. shop sign 2. (literary) window curtain
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
滿
Mǎn — Manchu ethnic group (HSK 2)
Fáng — surname Fang
Hēi — short name for Heilongjiang 黑龍江 (Hēi lóng jiāng) (HSK 2)
圈子
quān zi — 1. circle 2. ring 3. (social) circle (HSK 7-9)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
gā — used in 夾肢窩 (gā zhi wō) (HSK 5)
zhāo — variant of 著 (zhāo) (HSK 1)
跳舞
tiào wǔ — to dance (HSK 3)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
坐下
zuò xia — to sit down (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
sòng — 1. to send; to deliver; to transmit 2. to give (as a present) 3. to see (sb) off 4. to accompany; to go along with (HSK 1)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
wǎn — 1. evening 2. night 3. late (HSK 1)
kè — 1. subject 2. course 3. classifier: 門 (mén) 4. class 5. lesson 6. classifier: 堂 (táng), 節 (jié) 7. to levy 8. tax 9. form of divination (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
liǎn — 1. face 2. classifier: 張 (zhāng), 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
上都
Shàng dū — Shangdu, also known as Xanadu, summer capital of the Yuan Dynasty (1279-1368)
顯出
xiǎn chū — 1. to express 2. to exhibit (HSK 6)
小覷
xiǎo qù — 1. to despise 2. to have contempt for
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
神色
shén sè — 1. expression 2. look

他刚到自己的房门口,七个学童便一齐放开喉咙,吱的念起书来。他大吃一惊,耳朵边似乎敲了一声磬,只见七个头拖了小辫子在眼前幌,幌得满房,黑圈子也夹着跳舞。他坐下了,他们送上晚课来,脸上都显出小觑他的神色。

。』'Go home now.' He hesitated in doubt for a moment before finally saying this, in a mournful voice.

回去
huí qu — 1. to return 2. to go back (HSK 1)
bà — 1. to stop 2. to cease 3. to dismiss 4. to suspend 5. to quit 6. to finish
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
遲了
chí le — late
片時
piàn shí — 1. a short time 2. a moment
yí — (bound form) to doubt; to suspect
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
cái — 1. (variant of 才 (cái)) just now 2. (variant of 才 (cái)) (before an expression of quantity) only (HSK 2)
悲慘
bēi cǎn — 1. miserable 2. tragic (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

『回去罢。』他迟了片时疑,这才悲惨的说。

They hastily wrapped up their satchels, tucked them under their arms, and ran off in a flash.

他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
胡亂
hú luàn — 1. careless 2. reckless 3. casually 4. absent-mindedly 5. at will 6. at random 7. any old how
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Bāo — surname Bao (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
書包
shū bāo — 1. schoolbag 2. satchel 3. bookbag 4. classifier: 個 (gè), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 1)
jiā — old variant of 夾 (jiā)
zhāo — variant of 著 (zhāo) (HSK 1)
一溜煙
yī liù yān — 1. like a wisp of smoke 2. (to disappear etc) in an instant
跑走
pǎo zǒu — to escape; to flee; to run away
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

他们胡乱的包了书包,挟着,一溜烟跑走了。

Chen Shicheng still saw many small heads mixed with black circles dancing before his eyes, sometimes in disorder, sometimes forming into strange battle-formations, but gradually they grew fewer and blurred.

Chén — 1. surname Chen 2. Chen (c. 1045 – 479 BC), a Zhou dynasty state 3. Chen (557–589), one of the Southern Dynasties 南朝 (Nán Cháo)
Shì — surname Shi
Chéng — 1. surname Cheng 2. short name for Chengdu 成都 (Chéng dū) (HSK 2)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
看見
kàn jiàn — to see; to catch sight of (HSK 1)
許多
xǔ duō — 1. many 2. a lot of 3. much (HSK 2)
小頭
xiǎo tóu — the smaller part or share of sth
gā — used in 夾肢窩 (gā zhi wō) (HSK 5)
zhāo — variant of 著 (zhāo) (HSK 1)
Hēi — short name for Heilongjiang 黑龍江 (Hēi lóng jiāng) (HSK 2)
圓圈
yuán quān — circle
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
眼前
yǎn qián — 1. before one's eyes 2. now 3. at present (HSK 3)
跳舞
tiào wǔ — to dance (HSK 3)
有時
yǒu shí — 1. sometimes 2. now and then (HSK 1)
雜亂
zá luàn — 1. in a mess 2. in a jumble 3. chaotic
有時
yǒu shí — 1. sometimes 2. now and then (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
pái — 1. to arrange in order; to line up 2. to exclude; to eliminate; to repel; to expel; to discharge 3. (literary) to push aside; to force open 4. to rehearse 5. row; line 6. platoon 7. (bound form) steak; chop 8. (bound form) raft 9. classifier for rows or lines (of people or things) (HSK 2)
Chéng — 1. surname Cheng 2. short name for Chengdu 成都 (Chéng dū) (HSK 2)
異樣
yì yàng — 1. difference 2. peculiar
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhèn — 1. disposition of troops 2. wave 3. spate 4. burst 5. spell 6. short period of time 7. classifier for events or states of short duration (HSK 4)
tú — 1. diagram 2. picture 3. drawing 4. chart 5. map 6. classifier: 張 (zhāng) 7. to plan 8. to scheme 9. to attempt 10. to pursue 11. to seek (HSK 3)
然而
rán ér — however; but; yet (HSK 4)
漸漸
jiàn jiàn — gradually (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
減少
jiǎn shǎo — to lessen; to decrease; to reduce; to lower (HSK 4)
模胡
mó hu — variant of 模糊 (mó hu)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

陈士成还看见许多小头夹着黑圆圈在眼前跳舞,有时杂乱,有时也排成异样的阵图,然而渐渐的减少,模胡了。

!』'This time it's over again!'

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
完了
wán le — 1. to be finished 2. to be done for 3. ruined 4. gone to the dogs 5. oh no (HSK 5)

『这回又完了!』

He gave a great start and leapt straight up — the words had clearly sounded right beside his ear, yet when he turned his head there was no one there at all; it seemed he heard again the humming strike of a chime, and his own mouth spoke the words:

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
chī — variant of 吃 (chī) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
jīng — 1. to startle 2. to be frightened 3. to be scared 4. alarm (HSK 7-9)
Zhí — 1. surname Zhi 2. Zhi (c. 2000 BC), fifth of the legendary Flame Emperors 炎帝 (Yán dì) descended from Shennong 神農 (Shén nóng) Farmer God (HSK 3)
tiào — 1. to jump 2. to hop 3. to skip over 4. to bounce 5. to palpitate (HSK 3)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
分明
fēn míng — 1. clear 2. distinct 3. evidently 4. clearly (HSK 7-9)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
耳朵
ěr duo — 1. ear 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 個 (gè), 對 (duì) 3. handle (on a cup) (HSK 5)
biān — 1. side 2. edge 3. margin 4. border 5. boundary 6. classifier: 個 (gè) 7. simultaneously (HSK 2)
的話
de huà — if (coming after a conditional clause) (HSK 2)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
過頭
guò tóu — 1. to overdo it 2. to overstep the limit 3. excessively 4. above one's head 5. overhead (HSK 7-9)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
bìng — 1. and 2. furthermore 3. also 4. together with 5. (not) at all 6. simultaneously 7. to combine 8. to join 9. to merge (HSK 3)
沒有什麼
méi yǒu shén me — 1. it is nothing 2. there's nothing ... about it
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
彷彿
fǎng fú — 1. to seem; as if; seemingly 2. alike; similar (HSK 6)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
wēng — 1. (onom.) buzz 2. hum 3. drone
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
qiāo — 1. to hit 2. to strike 3. to tap 4. to rap 5. to knock 6. to rip sb off 7. to overcharge (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一聲
yī shēng — first tone in Mandarin (high, level tone)
qìng — chime stones, ancient percussion instrument made of stone or jade pieces hung in a row and struck as a xylophone
自己
zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zuǐ — 1. mouth 2. beak 3. nozzle 4. spout (of teapot etc) 5. classifier: 張 (zhāng), 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
說道
shuō dào — 1. to state 2. to say (the quoted words) (HSK 7-9)

他大吃一惊,直跳起来,分明就在耳朵边的话,回过头去却并没有什么人,仿佛又听得嗡的敲了一声磬,自己的嘴也说道:

!』'This time it's over again!'

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
完了
wán le — 1. to be finished 2. to be done for 3. ruined 4. gone to the dogs 5. oh no (HSK 5)

『这回又完了!』

He suddenly raised one hand and, bending his fingers, counted up: eleven, thirteen times, and counting this year, sixteen times — that not a single examiner had ever understood good writing, having eyes but no discernment, was truly a pitiable thing, and he could not help letting out a snickering laugh.Yet then he grew indignant, and abruptly drew out from beneath the cloth of a satchel the fair copies of his examination essays and test poems, and carrying them, made for the door; but just as he neared it, he saw brightness fill his whole field of vision, and even a flock of chickens seemed to be laughing at him, so that his head could not help but throb wildly, and he had no choice but to shrink back inside.

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
忽而
hū ér — 1. suddenly 2. now (..., now...)
舉起
jǔ qǐ — 1. to heave 2. to lift 3. to raise up 4. to uphold
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
zhī — classifier for birds and certain animals, one of a pair, some utensils, vessels etc (HSK 2)
shǒu — 1. hand 2. (formal) to hold 3. person engaged in certain types of work 4. person skilled in certain types of work 5. personal(ly) 6. convenient 7. classifier for skill 8. classifier: 雙 (shuāng), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
屈指
qū zhǐ — to count on one's fingers
計數
jì shù — 1. to count 2. reckoning
着想
zhuó xiǎng — 1. to give thought (to others) 2. to consider (other people's needs) 3. also pr. (zháo xiǎng) (HSK 7-9)
十一
Shí Yī — PRC National Day (October 1st)
十三
shí sān — 1. thirteen 2. 13
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
Lián — surname Lian (HSK 3)
今年
jīn nián — this year (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
十六
shí liù — 1. sixteen 2. 16
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
jìng — 1. unexpectedly 2. actually 3. to go so far as to 4. indeed (HSK 7-9)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
kǎo — 1. to beat 2. to hit 3. variant of 考 (kǎo) 4. to inspect 5. to test 6. to take an exam (HSK 1)
Guān — surname Guan (HSK 4)
懂得
dǒng de — to understand; to know; to comprehend (HSK 2)
文章
wén zhāng — 1. article 2. essay 3. literary works 4. writings 5. hidden meaning 6. classifier: 篇 (piān), 段 (duàn), 頁 (yè) (HSK 3)
有眼無珠
yǒu yǎn wú zhū — 1. (idiom) blind as a bat (figuratively) 2. unaware of who (or what) one is dealing with 3. to fail to recognize what sb a bit more perceptive would
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
可憐
kě lián — 1. pitiful 2. pathetic 3. to have pity on (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shì — 1. matter 2. thing 3. item 4. work 5. affair 6. classifier: 件 (jiàn), 樁 (zhuāng), 回 (huí) (HSK 1)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
不由
bù yóu — can't help (doing sth)
嘻嘻
xī xī — 1. hee hee 2. happy
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shī — 1. to lose 2. to miss 3. to fail
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
xiào — 1. to laugh; to smile 2. to laugh at (HSK 1)
然而
rán ér — however; but; yet (HSK 4)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
憤然
fèn rán — 1. (literary) angry 2. irate
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
驀地
mò de — suddenly; unexpectedly
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
書包
shū bāo — 1. schoolbag 2. satchel 3. bookbag 4. classifier: 個 (gè), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 1)
bù — 1. cloth 2. to declare 3. to announce 4. to spread 5. to make known (HSK 3)
底下
dǐ xia — 1. the location below sth 2. afterwards (HSK 3)
抽出
chōu chū — 1. to take out 2. to extract
téng — to transcribe; to copy out
真的
zhēn de — 1. really; truly; indeed 2. real; true; genuine 3. (math.) proper (HSK 1)
zhì — 1. system 2. to control 3. to regulate 4. variant of 製 (zhì) (HSK 7-9)
yì — 1. skill 2. art
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to test 2. to try 3. experiment 4. examination 5. test (HSK 1)
tiē — 1. fitting snugly 2. appropriate 3. suitable 4. variant of 貼 (tiē) 5. to paste 6. to obey
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
ná — 1. to hold 2. to seize 3. to catch 4. to apprehend 5. to take 6. (used in the same way as 把 (bǎ): to mark the following noun as a direct object) (HSK 1)
zhāo — variant of 著 (zhāo) (HSK 1)
往外
wǎng wài — 1. out 2. outbound 3. departing
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
gāng — 1. (literary) hard; firm; strong 2. exactly; precisely 3. barely; only just 4. just; only a short while ago (HSK 2)
jìn — 1. near 2. close to 3. approximately (HSK 2)
房門
fáng mén — door of a room
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
看見
kàn jiàn — to see; to catch sight of (HSK 1)
滿眼
mǎn yǎn — 1. (of tears etc) filling the eyes 2. (of scenery etc) filling one's field of view
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
明亮
míng liàng — 1. bright 2. shining 3. glittering 4. to become clear (HSK 5)
Lián — surname Lian (HSK 3)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
qún — variant of 群 (qún) (HSK 3)
jī — 1. fowl 2. chicken 3. classifier: 隻 (zhī) 4. (slang) prostitute (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
正在
zhèng zài — to be in the process of (doing sth); to be currently ...-ing (HSK 1)
xiào — 1. to laugh; to smile 2. to laugh at (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
禁不住
jīn bu zhù — 1. can't help it 2. can't bear it (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
tóu — 1. head 2. hair style 3. the top 4. end 5. beginning or end 6. a stub 7. remnant 8. chief 9. boss 10. side 11. aspect 12. first 13. leading 14. classifier for pigs or livestock 15. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
突突
tū tū — 1. (onom.) beating of the heart 2. pitapat 3. pulsation of a machine
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
kuáng — 1. mad 2. wild 3. violent (HSK 5)
tiào — 1. to jump 2. to hop 3. to skip over 4. to bounce 5. to palpitate (HSK 3)
只好
zhǐ hǎo — to have no other option but to ...; to have to; to be forced to (HSK 3)
suō — 1. to withdraw 2. to pull back 3. to contract 4. to shrink 5. to reduce 6. abbreviation 7. also pr. (sù) (HSK 7-9)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
裏面
lǐ miàn — variant of 裡面 (lǐ miàn) (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

他忽而举起一只手来,屈指计数着想,十一,十三回,连今年是十六回,竟没有一个攷官懂得文章,有眼无珠,也是可怜的事,便不由嘻嘻的失了笑。然而他愤然了,蓦地从书包布底下抽出誊真的制艺和试帖来,拿着往外走,刚近房门,却看见满眼都明亮,连一群鸡也正在笑他,便禁不住的头突突的狂跳,只好缩回里面了。

He sat down again, his eyes flickering more strangely than ever;,——He seemed to see many things before him, though very blurred — it was his future, collapsed like the sugar pagoda, lying there before him, and this future only kept swelling larger and larger, blocking every path he had.

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Zuò — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
眼光
yǎn guāng — 1. gaze 2. insight 3. foresight 4. vision 5. way of looking at things (HSK 5)
格外
gé wài — 1. especially; particularly; even more than usual 2. extra; additional (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
閃爍
shǎn shuò — 1. to glisten; to glitter; to twinkle; to flicker 2. to be evasive; to equivocate (HSK 7-9)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
mù — 1. eye 2. (literary) to look; to regard 3. eye (of a net); mesh 4. mesh size; grit size (abbr. for 目數 (mù shù)) 5. item; section 6. list; catalogue 7. (taxonomy) order 8. name; title
dǔ — old variant of 睹 (dǔ)
zhāo — variant of 著 (zhāo) (HSK 1)
許多
xǔ duō — 1. many 2. a lot of 3. much (HSK 2)
東西
dōng xī — east and west (HSK 1)
然而
rán ér — however; but; yet (HSK 4)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
模胡
mó hu — variant of 模糊 (mó hu)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
tā — 1. to collapse 2. to droop 3. to settle down (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
táng — 1. sugar 2. sweets 3. candy 4. classifier: 顆 (kē), 塊 (kuài) (HSK 3)
tǎ — 1. pagoda (abbr. for 塔婆 (tǎ pó), a loanword from Sanskrit stūpa); tower; pylon (classifier: 座 (zuò)) 2. (loanword) (pastry) tart (HSK 6)
一般
yī bān — 1. same 2. ordinary 3. so-so 4. common 5. general 6. generally 7. in general (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
前程
qián chéng — future (career etc) prospects
tǎng — 1. to recline 2. to lie down (HSK 4)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
面前
miàn qián — 1. in front of 2. facing 3. (in the) presence (of) (HSK 2)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
前程
qián chéng — future (career etc) prospects
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
只是
zhǐ shì — 1. merely; only; just; nothing but 2. simply 3. but; however (HSK 3)
廣大
guǎng dà — 1. (of an area) vast or extensive 2. large-scale 3. widespread 4. (of people) numerous (HSK 3)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
zǔ — 1. to hinder 2. to block 3. to obstruct
zhù — 1. to live; to reside; to stay 2. to stop; to cease 3. (result complement indicating firmness or a stable achieved state) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
一切
yī qiè — 1. everything 2. every 3. all (HSK 3)
Lù — surname Lu (HSK 1)

他又就了坐,眼光格外的闪烁;他目覩着许多东西,然而很模胡,——是到塌了的糖塔一般的前程躺在他面前,这前程又只是广大起来,阻住了他的一切路。

In other households the cooking smoke had long since died away and the bowls and chopsticks had already been washed, yet Chen Shicheng still had not gone to prepare his meal.The tenants of mixed surnames lodging there knew the old custom well: whenever it was a year of the county examinations, on seeing such a look in his eyes after the results were posted, it was best to shut one's door early and not meddle in the matter.First the sound of human voices died away entirely, then one by one the lamps went out, and only the moon slowly emerged in the cold night sky.

Bié — surname Bie (HSK 1)
家的
jiā de — (old) wife
炊烟
chuī yān — smoke from kitchen chimneys
zǎo — 1. early 2. morning 3. Good morning! 4. long ago 5. prematurely (HSK 1)
xiāo — 1. to diminish; to subside 2. to consume; to reduce 3. to idle away (the time) 4. (after 不 (bù) or 只 (zhǐ) or 何 (hé) etc) to need; to require; to take (HSK 7-9)
xiē — 1. to rest 2. to take a break 3. to stop 4. to halt 5. (dialect) to sleep 6. a moment 7. a short while (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
碗筷
wǎn kuài — 1. bowl and chopsticks 2. tableware
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
xǐ — 1. to wash; to bathe 2. to develop (photographs) 3. to shuffle (cards etc) 4. to erase (a recording) (HSK 1)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
Chén — 1. surname Chen 2. Chen (c. 1045 – 479 BC), a Zhou dynasty state 3. Chen (557–589), one of the Southern Dynasties 南朝 (Nán Cháo)
Shì — surname Shi
Chéng — 1. surname Cheng 2. short name for Chengdu 成都 (Chéng dū) (HSK 2)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
做飯
zuò fàn — 1. to prepare a meal 2. to cook (HSK 2)
yù — 1. (bound form) to reside; to inhabit 2. (bound form) residence; dwelling 3. (bound form) to imply; to place; to contain (sth abstract)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
Lǐ — surname Li (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zá — 1. mixed 2. miscellaneous 3. various 4. to mix (HSK 6)
xìng — 1. family name; surname 2. to be surnamed ... (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
知道
zhī dào — 1. to know; to become aware of 2. also pr. (zhī dao) (HSK 1)
老例
lǎo lì — custom; customary practice
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
fán — 1. ordinary 2. commonplace 3. mundane 4. temporal 5. of the material world (as opposed to supernatural or immortal levels) 6. every 7. all 8. whatever 9. altogether 10. gist 11. outline 12. note of Chinese musical scale (HSK 7-9)
遇到
yù dào — to meet; to run into; to come across (HSK 4)
xiàn — 1. county 2. (Japan) prefecture (HSK 4)
kǎo — 1. to check 2. to verify 3. to test 4. to examine 5. to take an exam 6. to take an entrance exam for 7. deceased father (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
年頭
nián tóu — 1. start of the year 2. whole year 3. a particular year 4. period 5. days 6. epoch 7. a year's harvest
看見
kàn jiàn — to see; to catch sight of (HSK 1)
發榜
fā bǎng — to publish a roll-call of successful candidates
hòu — 1. back 2. behind 3. rear 4. afterwards 5. after 6. later 7. post- (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
這樣
zhè yàng — 1. this way; like this; so 2. (before a noun) this kind of; such (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
眼光
yǎn guāng — 1. gaze 2. insight 3. foresight 4. vision 5. way of looking at things (HSK 5)
不如
bù rú — 1. not equal to; not as good as; inferior to 2. it would be better to (HSK 2)
及早
jí zǎo — at the earliest possible time; as soon as possible (HSK 7-9)
Guān — surname Guan (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Mén — surname Men (HSK 1)
不要
bù yào — don't!; must not (HSK 2)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
Guǎn — surname Guan (HSK 3)
shì — 1. matter 2. thing 3. item 4. work 5. affair 6. classifier: 件 (jiàn), 樁 (zhuāng), 回 (huí) (HSK 1)
最先
zuì xiān — (the) very first
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
絕了
jué le — 1. (slang) awesome 2. dope
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
shēng — 1. sound 2. voice 3. tone 4. noise 5. reputation 6. classifier for sounds (HSK 5)
接着
jiē zhe — 1. to catch and hold on 2. to continue 3. to go on to do sth 4. to follow 5. to carry on 6. then 7. after that 8. subsequently 9. to proceed 10. to ensue 11. in turn 12. in one's turn (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
陸續
lù xù — 1. in turn 2. successively 3. one after the other 4. bit by bit (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
xī — 1. to extinguish 2. to put out (fire) 3. to quench 4. to stop burning 5. to go out (of fire, lamp etc) 6. to come to an end 7. to wither away 8. to die out 9. Taiwan pr. (xí)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
燈火
dēng huǒ — lights
獨有
dú yǒu — 1. to own exclusively; unique to; specific 2. there is only
月亮
yuè liang — the moon (HSK 2)
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
緩緩
huǎn huǎn — 1. slowly 2. unhurriedly 3. little by little (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
出現
chū xiàn — 1. to appear 2. to arise 3. to emerge 4. to show up (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
hán — 1. cold 2. poor 3. to tremble
yè — night (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
空中
kōng zhōng — 1. in the sky 2. in the air (HSK 5)

别家的炊烟早消歇了,碗筷也洗过了,而陈士成还不去做饭。寓在这里的杂姓是知道老例的,凡遇到县考的年头,看见发榜后的这样的眼光,不如及早关了门,不要多管事。最先就绝了人声,接着是陆续的熄了灯火,独有月亮,却缓缓的出现在寒夜的空中。

The sky was blue-green as a sea, with a few drifting clouds, swaying as though someone were rinsing a piece of chalk in a water-bowl.The moon poured its cold rays down upon Chen Shicheng; at first it was no more than like a newly polished iron mirror, yet this mirror shone mysteriously through his entire body, casting upon him the shadow of an iron moon.

空中
kōng zhōng — 1. in the sky 2. in the air (HSK 5)
qīng — variant of 青 (qīng)
bì — 1. green jade 2. bluish green 3. blue 4. jade
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
如一
rú yī — 1. consistent 2. the same 3. unvarying (HSK 6)
piān — 1. disk 2. sheet (HSK 2)
Hǎi — surname Hai (HSK 2)
lüè — 1. brief; sketchy 2. outline; summary 3. to omit 4. (bound form before a single-character verb) a bit; somewhat; slightly 5. plan; strategy 6. to capture (territory) (HSK 7-9)
有些
yǒu xiē — 1. some 2. somewhat; rather; a bit
浮雲
fú yún — 1. floating clouds 2. fleeting 3. transient
彷彿
fǎng fú — 1. to seem; as if; seemingly 2. alike; similar (HSK 6)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
jiāng — 1. will 2. shall 3. to use 4. to take 5. to checkmate 6. just a short while ago 7. (introduces object of main verb, used in the same way as 把 (bǎ)) (HSK 5)
粉筆
fěn bǐ — 1. chalk 2. classifier: 支 (zhī), 段 (duàn)
xǐ — 1. to wash; to bathe 2. to develop (photographs) 3. to shuffle (cards etc) 4. to erase (a recording) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
bǐ — 1. writing brush; writing implement (pen, pencil etc) (classifier: 支 (zhī), 枝 (zhī)) 2. brushstroke; stroke (in painting or calligraphy) 3. (bound form) style of writing; literary manner; technique of brushwork 4. (classifier) stroke of a Chinese character 5. (classifier) sum of money; financial transaction; piece of business 6. (literary) to write (with a brush or pen) (HSK 2)
xǐ — 1. to wash; to bathe 2. to develop (photographs) 3. to shuffle (cards etc) 4. to erase (a recording) (HSK 1)
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)
搖曳
yáo yè — to sway gently (as in the wind); (of a flame) to flicker
月亮
yuè liang — the moon (HSK 2)
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
zhāo — variant of 著 (zhāo) (HSK 1)
Chén — 1. surname Chen 2. Chen (c. 1045 – 479 BC), a Zhou dynasty state 3. Chen (557–589), one of the Southern Dynasties 南朝 (Nán Cháo)
Shì — surname Shi
Chéng — 1. surname Cheng 2. short name for Chengdu 成都 (Chéng dū) (HSK 2)
zhù — 1. (bound form) to pour into; to flow into; to inject 2. (bound form) to focus (one's spirit, gaze etc) on a single point; to concentrate 3. (bound form) stake (in gambling) 4. classifier for stakes, sums of money, transactions or beams of light 5. variant of 註 (zhù) (HSK 7-9)
xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)
寒冷
hán lěng — 1. cold (climate) 2. frigid 3. very cold (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
光波
guāng bō — light wave
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
當初
dāng chū — 1. at that time 2. originally (HSK 3)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不過
bù guò — 1. only 2. merely 3. no more than 4. but 5. however 6. anyway (to get back to a previous topic) 7. cannot be more (after adjectival) (HSK 2)
xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
一面
yī miàn — 1. one side 2. one aspect 3. simultaneously... (and...) 4. one's whole face (HSK 7-9)
Xīn — 1. abbr. for Xinjiang 新疆 (Xīn jiāng) 2. abbr. for Singapore 新加坡 (Xīn jiā pō) 3. surname Xin (HSK 1)
mó — 1. to rub 2. to grind 3. to polish 4. to sharpen 5. to wear down 6. to die out 7. to waste time 8. to pester 9. to insist (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Tiě — surname Tie (HSK 3)
jìng — 1. mirror 2. lens
罷了
bà le — a modal particle indicating (that's all, only, nothing much) (HSK 6)
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
jìng — 1. mirror 2. lens
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
guǐ — 1. (bound form) sly; crafty 2. (literary) weird; bizarre 3. (literary) contradictory; inconsistent
bì — see 秘魯 (Bì lǔ)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhào — 1. according to 2. in accordance with 3. to shine 4. to illuminate 5. to reflect 6. to look at (one's reflection) 7. to take (a photo) 8. photo 9. as requested 10. as before (HSK 3)
tòu — 1. (bound form) to penetrate; to seep through 2. to tell secretly; to leak 3. thoroughly; through and through 4. to appear; to show (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Chén — 1. surname Chen 2. Chen (c. 1045 – 479 BC), a Zhou dynasty state 3. Chen (557–589), one of the Southern Dynasties 南朝 (Nán Cháo)
Shì — surname Shi
Chéng — 1. surname Cheng 2. short name for Chengdu 成都 (Chéng dū) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
全身
quán shēn — 1. the whole body 2. (typography) em (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
身上
shēn shang — 1. on the body 2. at hand 3. among (HSK 1)
yìng — (bound form) to become visible (esp. on a surface or in perception) (HSK 7-9)
chū — 1. to go out; to come out 2. to arise; to occur 3. to produce; to yield 4. to go beyond; to exceed 5. (used after a verb to indicate an outward direction or a positive result) 6. classifier for dramas, plays, operas etc (HSK 1)
Tiě — surname Tie (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
月亮
yuè liang — the moon (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yǐng — 1. picture 2. image 3. film 4. movie 5. photograph 6. reflection 7. shadow 8. trace

空中靑碧到如一片海,略有些浮云,仿佛有谁将粉笔洗在笔洗里似的摇曳。月亮对着陈士成注下寒冷的光波来,当初也不过像是一面新磨的铁镜罢了,而这镜却诡秘的照透了陈士成的全身,就在他身上映出铁的月亮的影。

He still paced back and forth in the courtyard outside his room; his eyes had grown quite clear now, and all around was silent.But this silence was suddenly, for no reason, thrown into confusion again — beside his ear he distinctly heard a hurried, low voice say:

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
Fáng — surname Fang
wài — 1. outside 2. in addition 3. foreign 4. external (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
院子
yuàn zi — 1. courtyard 2. garden 3. yard 4. patio 5. classifier: 個 (gè) 6. (old) servant (HSK 2)
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
徘徊
pái huái — 1. to pace back and forth 2. to dither; to hesitate 3. (of sales figures etc) to fluctuate (HSK 7-9)
yǎn — 1. eye (classifier: 隻 (zhī), 雙 (shuāng)) 2. (often used with 一 (yī)) a look; a glance 3. small hole 4. (bound form) salient point 5. classifier for wells, cave-dwellings etc (HSK 2)
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
Pō — 1. surname Po 2. Taiwan pr. (Pǒ) (HSK 7-9)
清淨
qīng jìng — 1. peaceful 2. quiet 3. tranquil 4. purified of defiling illusion (Buddhism)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
四近
sì jìn — nearby
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
寂靜
jì jìng — quiet (HSK 7-9)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
寂靜
jì jìng — quiet (HSK 7-9)
Hū — surname Hu
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
無端
wú duān — for no reason at all
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
紛擾
fēn rǎo — 1. turmoil 2. unrest 3. disturbance
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
ěr — 1. ear 2. handle (archaeology) 3. and that is all (Classical Chinese)
biān — 1. side 2. edge 3. margin 4. border 5. boundary 6. classifier: 個 (gè) 7. simultaneously (HSK 2)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
確鑿
què záo — 1. definite 2. conclusive 3. undeniable 4. authentic 5. also pr. (què zuò) (HSK 7-9)
聽到
tīng dào — to hear (HSK 1)
急促
jí cù — 1. urgent 2. hurried and brief 3. rushing
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
低聲
dī shēng — 1. in a low voice 2. softly
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

他还在房外的院子里徘徊,眼里颇清净了,四近也寂静。但这寂静忽又无端的纷扰起来,他耳边又确凿听到急促的低声说:

……』'Turn left, turn right...'

Zuǒ — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
wān — 1. to bend 2. bent 3. a bend; a turn (in a road etc) 4. classifier: 道 (dào) (HSK 4)
yòu — 1. (bound form) right; right-hand side 2. (bound form) (politics) right of center 3. (bound form) (old) west 4. (literary) the right side as the side of precedence (HSK 1)
wān — 1. to bend 2. bent 3. a bend; a turn (in a road etc) 4. classifier: 道 (dào) (HSK 4)

『左弯右弯……』

He started, and as he strained his ears to listen, the voice repeated itself, raised now:

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
sǒng — 1. to excite 2. to raise up 3. to shrug 4. high 5. lofty 6. towering
rán — 1. correct 2. right 3. so 4. thus 5. like this 6. -ly
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
傾耳
qīng ěr — 1. to prick up one's ear 2. to listen attentively
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
Shí — surname Shi (HSK 3)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
聲音
shēng yīn — sound; voice (HSK 2)
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
提高
tí gāo — 1. to raise 2. to increase 3. to improve (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
複述
fù shù — 1. to repeat (one's own words or sb else's) 2. (in the classroom) to paraphrase what one has learned
dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)

他耸然了,倾耳听时,那声音却又提高的复述道:

!』'Turn right!'

yòu — 1. (bound form) right; right-hand side 2. (bound form) (politics) right of center 3. (bound form) (old) west 4. (literary) the right side as the side of precedence (HSK 1)
wān — 1. to bend 2. bent 3. a bend; a turn (in a road etc) 4. classifier: 道 (dào) (HSK 4)

『右弯!』

He remembered.This courtyard was the very one where, back when his family had not yet fallen into such decline, every summer night he used to sit here cooling himself with his grandmother.In those days he was just a child of ten-odd years, lying on a bamboo couch, while his grandmother sat beside the couch telling him amusing stories.She said she had once heard from her own grandmother that the Chen ancestors had been enormously wealthy, that this house stood on the ancestral foundation, and that the ancestors had buried countless amounts of silver there; a fortunate descendant was bound to find it one day, and yet to this day it had still not appeared.As for its location, that was hidden within a riddle:

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
記得
jì de — to remember (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
院子
yuàn zi — 1. courtyard 2. garden 3. yard 4. patio 5. classifier: 個 (gè) 6. (old) servant (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
wèi — 1. not yet 2. did not 3. have not 4. not 5. 8th earthly branch: 1-3 p.m., 6th solar month (7th July-6th August), year of the Sheep 6. ancient Chinese compass point: 210° (HSK 7-9)
如此
rú cǐ — like this; so; such (HSK 5)
diāo — variant of 雕 (diāo), to engrave (HSK 7-9)
零的
líng de — small change
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
夏天
xià tiān — 1. summer 2. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
夜間
yè jiān — 1. nighttime 2. evening or night (e.g. classes) (HSK 5)
夜夜
yè yè — every night
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
祖母
zǔ mǔ — father's mother; paternal grandmother (HSK 6)
在此
zài cǐ — 1. hereto 2. here
納涼
nà liáng — to enjoy the cool air
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
院子
yuàn zi — 1. courtyard 2. garden 3. yard 4. patio 5. classifier: 個 (gè) 6. (old) servant (HSK 2)
那時
nà shí — 1. then 2. at that time 3. in those days (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
不過
bù guò — 1. only 2. merely 3. no more than 4. but 5. however 6. anyway (to get back to a previous topic) 7. cannot be more (after adjectival) (HSK 2)
shí — 1. ten 2. 10 (HSK 1)
suì — 1. classifier for years (of age) 2. year 3. year (of crop harvests) (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
零的
líng de — small change
孩子
hái zi — child (HSK 1)
tǎng — 1. to recline 2. to lie down (HSK 4)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
zhú — 1. (bound form) bamboo 2. Kangxi radical 118
tà — couch
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
祖母
zǔ mǔ — father's mother; paternal grandmother (HSK 6)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
Zuò — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
tà — couch
旁邊
páng biān — side; adjacent place (HSK 1)
jiǎng — 1. to speak 2. to explain 3. to negotiate 4. to emphasize 5. to be particular about 6. as far as sth is concerned 7. speech 8. lecture (HSK 2)
gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
有趣
yǒu qù — interesting; fascinating; amusing (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
故事
gù shì — old practice (HSK 2)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
Yī — surname Yi
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
曾經
céng jīng — 1. once 2. already 3. former 4. previously 5. ever 6. (past tense marker used before verb or clause) (HSK 3)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
Yī — surname Yi
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
祖母
zǔ mǔ — father's mother; paternal grandmother (HSK 6)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
Chén — 1. surname Chen 2. Chen (c. 1045 – 479 BC), a Zhou dynasty state 3. Chen (557–589), one of the Southern Dynasties 南朝 (Nán Cháo)
shì — 1. (bound form) family name; surname (as in 王氏 (Wáng shì) "the Wang clan") 2. (bound form) maiden name; née (as in 李王氏 (Lǐ Wáng shì) "Mrs. Li, née Wang") 3. (bound form) honorific suffix added to the surname or full name of a notable person, esp. historical or scholarly figures
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
祖宗
zǔ zōng — 1. ancestor 2. forebear (HSK 7-9)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
jù — variant of 巨 (jù)
Fù — surname Fu (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
屋子
wū zi — 1. house 2. room 3. classifier: 間 (jiān) (HSK 3)
便是
biàn shì — 1. (emphasizes that sth is precisely or exactly as stated) 2. precisely 3. exactly 4. even 5. if 6. just like 7. in the same way as (HSK 6)
Zǔ — surname Zu
jī — 1. (bound form) base; foundation 2. (bound form) radical (chemistry) 3. (bound form) gay (loanword from English into Cantonese, Jyutping: gei1, followed by orthographic borrowing from Cantonese)
祖宗
zǔ zōng — 1. ancestor 2. forebear (HSK 7-9)
mái — to bury (HSK 6)
zhāo — variant of 著 (zhāo) (HSK 1)
無數
wú shù — 1. countless 2. numberless 3. innumerable (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
銀子
yín zi — 1. money 2. silver
有福
yǒu fú — to be blessed
qì — 1. gas; air 2. smell 3. weather 4. to make angry; to annoy; to get angry 5. vital energy; qi (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
子孫
zǐ sūn — 1. offspring 2. posterity (HSK 7-9)
一定
yī dìng — 1. surely; certainly; definitely 2. fixed; settled 3. a certain ...; a given ... (HSK 2)
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
得到
dé dào — to get; to obtain; to receive (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
bà — 1. to stop 2. to cease 3. to dismiss 4. to suspend 5. to quit 6. to finish
然而
rán ér — however; but; yet (HSK 4)
至今
zhì jīn — 1. so far 2. to this day 3. until now (HSK 3)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
xiàn — 1. to appear 2. present 3. now 4. existing 5. current
至于
zhì yú — 1. as for 2. as to 3. to go so far as to (HSK 6)
處所
chù suǒ — place
那是
nà shi — 1. (coll.) of course 2. naturally 3. indeed
Zàng — 1. Tibetan ethnic group 2. Tibet Autonomous Region (short name for 西藏自治區 (Xī zàng Zì zhì qū)) (HSK 6)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
謎語
mí yǔ — 1. riddle 2. conundrum 3. classifier: 條 (tiáo) (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
中間
zhōng jiān — 1. the middle; the inside 2. in the middle; within; between; among 3. during; in the meantime (HSK 1)

他记得了。这院子,是他家还未如此雕零的时候,一到夏天的夜间,夜夜和他的祖母在此纳凉的院子。那时他不过十岁有零的孩子,躺在竹榻上,祖母便坐在榻旁边,讲给他有趣的故事听。伊说是曾经听得伊的祖母说,陈氏的祖宗是巨富的,这屋子便是祖基,祖宗埋着无数的银子,有福气的子孙一定会得到的罢,然而至今还没有现。至于处所,那是藏在一个谜语的中间:

。』'Turn left, turn right, walk forward, walk back, measure gold, measure silver, not by the peck.'

Zuǒ — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
wān — 1. to bend 2. bent 3. a bend; a turn (in a road etc) 4. classifier: 道 (dào) (HSK 4)
yòu — 1. (bound form) right; right-hand side 2. (bound form) (politics) right of center 3. (bound form) (old) west 4. (literary) the right side as the side of precedence (HSK 1)
wān — 1. to bend 2. bent 3. a bend; a turn (in a road etc) 4. classifier: 道 (dào) (HSK 4)
qián — 1. front 2. forward 3. ahead 4. first 5. top (followed by a number) 6. future 7. ago 8. before 9. BC (e.g. 前293年) 10. former 11. formerly (HSK 1)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
hòu — 1. back 2. behind 3. rear 4. afterwards 5. after 6. later 7. post- (HSK 1)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
liáng — to measure (HSK 4)
Jīn — 1. surname Jin 2. surname Kim (Korean) 3. Jurchen Jin dynasty (1115–1234) (HSK 3)
liáng — to measure (HSK 4)
yín — 1. silver 2. silver-colored 3. relating to money or currency (HSK 3)
不論
bù lùn — 1. whatever 2. no matter what (who, how etc) 3. regardless of 4. not to discuss (HSK 3)
Dǒu — abbr. for the Big Dipper constellation 北斗星 (Běi dǒu xīng) (HSK 7-9)

『左弯右弯,前走后走,量金量银不论斗。』

As for this riddle, even in ordinary times Chen Shicheng had often secretly puzzled over it, but unfortunately, no sooner did he think he had worked it out than he at once felt it did not fit after all.Once, he was quite certain he knew it lay beneath the rooms rented out to the Tang family, and yet he never had the courage to go and dig there;after some time had passed, though, he came to feel it did not match after all.As for the several old traces of digging in his own room, those were entirely the acts of a mind unhinged after his previous failures in the examinations; afterward, whenever he himself caught sight of them, he still felt ashamed and embarrassed.

duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
Yú — surname Yu (HSK 6)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
謎語
mí yǔ — 1. riddle 2. conundrum 3. classifier: 條 (tiáo) (HSK 7-9)
Chén — 1. surname Chen 2. Chen (c. 1045 – 479 BC), a Zhou dynasty state 3. Chen (557–589), one of the Southern Dynasties 南朝 (Nán Cháo)
Shì — surname Shi
Chéng — 1. surname Cheng 2. short name for Chengdu 成都 (Chéng dū) (HSK 2)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
平時
píng shí — 1. ordinarily 2. in normal times 3. in peacetime (HSK 2)
běn — 1. (bound form) root; stem 2. (bound form) origin; source 3. (bound form) one's own; this 4. (bound form) this; the current (year etc) 5. (bound form) original 6. (bound form) inherent 7. originally; initially 8. capital; principal 9. classifier for books, periodicals, files etc (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
常常
cháng cháng — frequently; often (HSK 1)
暗地
àn dì — secretly; inwardly; on the sly
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
加以
jiā yǐ — 1. (formal) to apply; to carry out; to take action to (do sth) (used before a disyllabic verb, indicating that the action is directed at sth previously mentioned, e.g. 加以說明 (jiā yǐ shuō míng)); to apply (restrictions etc); to give (support, consideration etc) 2. (literary) moreover; in addition (HSK 5)
揣測
chuǎi cè — 1. to guess 2. to conjecture (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
可惜
kě xī — 1. it is a pity 2. what a pity 3. unfortunately (HSK 5)
大抵
dà dǐ — 1. generally speaking 2. by and large 3. for the most part
gāng — 1. (literary) hard; firm; strong 2. exactly; precisely 3. barely; only just 4. just; only a short while ago (HSK 2)
Yǐ — abbr. for Israel 以色列 (Yǐ sè liè) (HSK 7-9)
wéi — variant of 為 (wéi) (HSK 2)
可通
kě tōng — 1. passable 2. possible to reach
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
立刻
lì kè — immediately; at once; right away (HSK 3)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
不合
bù hé — 1. to not conform to 2. to be unsuited to 3. to be out of keeping with 4. should not 5. ought out
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
què — 1. authenticated 2. solid 3. firm 4. real 5. true
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
把握
bǎ wò — 1. to grasp (also fig.) 2. to seize 3. to hold 4. assurance 5. certainty 6. sure (of the outcome) (HSK 3)
知道
zhī dào — 1. to know; to become aware of 2. also pr. (zhī dao) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
zū — 1. to hire 2. to rent 3. to charter 4. to rent out 5. to lease out 6. rent 7. land tax (HSK 2)
gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)
Táng — 1. Tang dynasty (618–907) 2. surname Tang
家的
jiā de — (old) wife
Fáng — surname Fang
底下
dǐ xia — 1. the location below sth 2. afterwards (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
然而
rán ér — however; but; yet (HSK 4)
zǒng — 1. (bound form) general; overall 2. to sum up 3. in every case; always; invariably 4. anyway; after all; eventually; sooner or later 5. surely 6. (after a person's name) abbr. for 總經理 (zǒng jīng lǐ) or 總編 (zǒng biān) etc (HSK 3)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
qián — 1. front 2. forward 3. ahead 4. first 5. top (followed by a number) 6. future 7. ago 8. before 9. BC (e.g. 前293年) 10. former 11. formerly (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
發掘
fā jué — 1. to excavate 2. to explore 3. (fig.) to unearth 4. to tap into (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
勇氣
yǒng qì — courage (HSK 4)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
幾時
jǐ shí — at what time?; when?
kě — 1. (prefix) can; may; able to; -able 2. to approve; to permit 3. to suit 4. (particle used for emphasis) certainly; very 5. but; however (HSK 5)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
tài — 1. highest 2. greatest 3. too (much) 4. very 5. extremely (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
相像
xiāng xiàng — 1. to resemble one another 2. to be alike 3. similar
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
至于
zhì yú — 1. as for 2. as to 3. to go so far as to (HSK 6)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
自己
zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)
房子
fáng zi — 1. house 2. building (single- or two-story) 3. apartment 4. room 5. classifier: 棟 (dòng), 幢 (zhuàng), 座 (zuò), 套 (tào), 間 (jiān) (HSK 1)
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
幾個
jǐ ge — 1. a few 2. several 3. how many
jué — to dig
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. old 2. opposite: new 新 3. former 4. worn (with age) (HSK 3)
痕迹
hén jì — 1. vestige 2. mark 3. trace (HSK 7-9)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
Quán — surname Quan (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
先前
xiān qián — before; previously (HSK 5)
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)
dì — 1. (prefix indicating ordinal number, as in 第六 (dì liù) "sixth") 2. (literary) grades in which successful candidates in the imperial examinations were placed 3. (old) residence of a high official 4. (literary) but; however 5. (literary) only; just
以後
yǐ hòu — 1. after 2. later 3. afterwards 4. following 5. later on 6. in the future (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
fā — 1. to send out 2. to show (one's feeling) 3. to issue 4. to develop 5. to make a bundle of money 6. classifier for gunshots (rounds) (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
怔忡
zhēng chōng — 1. (of the heart) palpitating with fear 2. palpitation (Chinese medicine)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
舉動
jǔ dòng — 1. act 2. action 3. activity 4. move 5. movement (HSK 5)
後來
hòu lái — 1. afterwards; later 2. newly arrived (HSK 2)
自己
zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
看到
kàn dào — to see (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
感到
gǎn dào — to feel; to sense; to perceive (HSK 2)
慚愧
cán kuì — ashamed (HSK 7-9)
而且
ér qiě — 1. (not only ...) but also 2. moreover; in addition; furthermore (HSK 2)
xiū — 1. shy 2. ashamed 3. shame 4. bashful 5. variant of 饈 (xiū) 6. delicacies
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)

对于这谜语,陈士成便在平时,本也常常暗地里加以揣测的,可惜大抵刚以为可通,却又立刻觉得不合了。有一回,他确有把握,知道这是在租给唐家的房底下的了,然而总没有前去发掘的勇气;过了几时,可又觉得太不相像了。至于他自己房子里的几个掘过的旧痕迹,那却全是先前几回下第以后的发了怔忡的举动,后来自己一看到,也还感到惭愧而且羞人。

But today the iron light enveloped Chen Shicheng, and came softly to persuade him once more; whenever he chanced to hesitate, it offered him solemn proof, and added to this a grim, urging pressure, so that he could not help turning his gaze back toward his own room.

dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
今天
jīn tiān — 1. today 2. the present time; now (HSK 1)
Tiě — surname Tie (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
guāng — 1. light; ray (classifier: 道 (dào)) 2. bright; shiny 3. only; merely 4. used up; finished 5. to leave (a part of the body) uncovered (HSK 3)
zhào — 1. to cover; to spread over 2. a cover; a shade; a hood 3. bamboo fish trap 4. bamboo chicken coop 5. (Tw) (coll.) to protect; to have sb's back 6. (Tw) (coll.) awesome; incredible 7. (Tw) (coll.) (often as 罩得住 (zhào dé zhù)) to have things under control; to be able to handle it (HSK 7-9)
zhù — 1. to live; to reside; to stay 2. to stop; to cease 3. (result complement indicating firmness or a stable achieved state) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Chén — 1. surname Chen 2. Chen (c. 1045 – 479 BC), a Zhou dynasty state 3. Chen (557–589), one of the Southern Dynasties 南朝 (Nán Cháo)
Shì — surname Shi
Chéng — 1. surname Cheng 2. short name for Chengdu 成都 (Chéng dū) (HSK 2)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
ruǎn — variant of 軟 (ruǎn) (HSK 5)
ruǎn — variant of 軟 (ruǎn) (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
quàn — 1. to advise 2. to urge 3. to try to persuade 4. to exhort 5. to console 6. to soothe (HSK 5)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
或者
huò zhě — 1. or 2. possibly; maybe; perhaps (HSK 2)
偶一
ǒu yī — 1. accidentally 2. once in a while 3. very occasionally
遲疑
chí yí — to hesitate (HSK 7-9)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
正經
zhèng jīng — 1. decent 2. honorable 3. proper 4. serious 5. according to standards
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
證明
zhèng míng — 1. proof 2. certificate 3. identification 4. testimonial 5. classifier: 個 (gè) 6. to prove 7. to testify 8. to confirm the truth of (HSK 3)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
加上
jiā shàng — 1. plus 2. to put in 3. to add 4. to add on 5. to add into 6. in addition 7. on top of that (HSK 5)
陰森
yīn sēn — 1. gloomy 2. sinister 3. eerie
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
催逼
cuī bī — to press (for a payment)
使
shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
不得不
bù dé bù — 1. have no choice or option but to 2. cannot but 3. have to 4. can't help it 5. can't avoid (HSK 3)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
Xiàng — surname Xiang (HSK 2)
自己
zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Fáng — surname Fang
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
zhuǎi — see 轉文 (zhuǎi wén) (HSK 3)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
眼光
yǎn guāng — 1. gaze 2. insight 3. foresight 4. vision 5. way of looking at things (HSK 5)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)

但今天铁的光罩住了陈士成,又輭輭的来劝他了,他或者偶一迟疑,便给他正经的证明,又加上阴森的催逼,使他不得不又向自己的房里转过眼光去。

A white light, like a round white fan, swayed and flickered into being in his room.

Bái — 1. surname Bai 2. Bai ethnic group (HSK 1)
guāng — 1. light; ray (classifier: 道 (dào)) 2. bright; shiny 3. only; merely 4. used up; finished 5. to leave (a part of the body) uncovered (HSK 3)
如一
rú yī — 1. consistent 2. the same 3. unvarying (HSK 6)
bǐng — 1. handle or shaft (of an axe etc) 2. (of a flower, leaf or fruit) stem 3. sth that affords an advantage to an opponent 4. classifier for knives or blades
Bái — 1. surname Bai 2. Bai ethnic group (HSK 1)
團扇
tuán shàn — circular fan
搖搖擺擺
yáo yáo bǎi bǎi — 1. swaggering 2. staggering 3. waddling
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Shǎn — surname Shan (HSK 4)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Fáng — surname Fang
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

白光如一柄白团扇,摇摇摆摆的闪起在他房里了。

!』'So it is here after all!'

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
zhōng — 1. end 2. finish
Yú — surname Yu (HSK 6)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
Lǐ — surname Li (HSK 1)

『也终于在这里!』

So saying, he rushed into the room like a lion, but the instant he stepped inside, every trace of the white light vanished, and there was only a dim, hazy old room, with a few broken desks all sunk in the gloom.He stood there dumbfounded, and slowly steadied his eyes again, but the white light plainly rose up once more — this time larger still, whiter and cleaner than sulfur-fire, finer and mistier than morning fog, and right beneath a desk against the east wall.

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
zhāo — variant of 著 (zhāo) (HSK 1)
獅子
Shī zǐ — 1. Leo (star sign) 2. Shihtzu township in Pingtung County 屏東縣 (Píng dōng Xiàn), Taiwan (HSK 7-9)
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)
趕快
gǎn kuài — quickly; at once (HSK 3)
走進
zǒu jìn — to enter; to step into (HSK 2)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
Fáng — surname Fang
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
kuà — 1. to step across 2. to stride over 3. to straddle 4. to span (HSK 6)
jìn — 1. to go forward 2. to advance 3. to go in 4. to enter 5. to put in 6. to submit 7. to take in 8. to admit 9. (math.) base of a number system 10. classifier for sections in a building or residential compound (HSK 1)
裏面
lǐ miàn — variant of 裡面 (lǐ miàn) (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
不見了
bù jiàn le — 1. to have disappeared 2. to be missing 3. nowhere to be found
Bái — 1. surname Bai 2. Bai ethnic group (HSK 1)
guāng — 1. light; ray (classifier: 道 (dào)) 2. bright; shiny 3. only; merely 4. used up; finished 5. to leave (a part of the body) uncovered (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
影蹤
yǐng zōng — 1. trace 2. sign
只有
zhǐ yǒu — 1. only have ...; there is only ... 2. (used in combination with 才 (cái)) it is only if ... (that one can ...) (as in 只有通過治療才能痊愈 (zhǐ yǒu tōng guò zhì liáo cái néng quán yù) "the only way to cure it is with therapy") 3. it is only (someone) who ... (as in 只有男性才有此需要 (zhǐ yǒu nán xìng cái yǒu cǐ xū yào) "only men would have such a requirement") 4. (used to express lack of alternatives) can only; have no choice but to (as in 只有屈服 (zhǐ yǒu qū fú) "the only thing you can do is give in") (HSK 3)
mǎng — 1. (bound form) dense growth of grass 2. (literary) vast; boundless 3. (bound form) boorish; reckless
蒼蒼
cāng cāng — 1. ash gray 2. vast and hazy 3. flourishing
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
jiān — 1. between 2. among 3. within a definite time or space 4. room 5. section of a room or lateral space between two pairs of pillars 6. classifier for rooms (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. old 2. opposite: new 新 3. former 4. worn (with age) (HSK 3)
Fáng — surname Fang
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
幾個
jǐ ge — 1. a few 2. several 3. how many
pò — 1. broken 2. damaged 3. worn out 4. lousy 5. rotten 6. to break, split or cleave 7. to get rid of 8. to destroy 9. to break with 10. to defeat 11. to capture (a city etc) 12. to expose the truth of (HSK 3)
書桌
shū zhuō — 1. desk 2. classifier: 張 (zhāng) (HSK 5)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
méi — (negative prefix for verbs) have not; not (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
昏暗
hūn àn — dusky
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
爽然
shuǎng rán — 1. open and happy 2. carefree 3. at a loss 4. confused
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhàn — 1. station 2. to stand 3. to halt 4. to stop 5. branch of a company or organization 6. website (HSK 1)
zhāo — variant of 著 (zhāo) (HSK 1)
慢慢
màn màn — slowly; gradually (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zài — 1. again; once more; re- 2. further; beyond this point of time 3. (before an adjective) more 4. then (after sth, and not until then) 5. no matter how ... (followed by an adjective or verb, and then (usually) 也 (yě) or 都 (dōu) for emphasis) 6. (used to introduce additional information, as in 再則 (zài zé), 再就是 (zài jiù shì) etc) 7. (literary) to reappear; to reoccur (HSK 1)
定睛
dìng jīng — to stare at
然而
rán ér — however; but; yet (HSK 4)
Bái — 1. surname Bai 2. Bai ethnic group (HSK 1)
guāng — 1. light; ray (classifier: 道 (dào)) 2. bright; shiny 3. only; merely 4. used up; finished 5. to leave (a part of the body) uncovered (HSK 3)
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
分明
fēn míng — 1. clear 2. distinct 3. evidently 4. clearly (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
gēng — 1. to change or replace 2. to experience 3. one of the five two-hour periods into which the night was formerly divided 4. watch (e.g. of a sentry or guard) (HSK 2)
廣大
guǎng dà — 1. (of an area) vast or extensive 2. large-scale 3. widespread 4. (of people) numerous (HSK 3)
Bǐ — 1. Belgium 2. Belgian 3. abbr. for 比利時 (Bǐ lì shí) (HSK 1)
硫黃
liú huáng — sulfur
Huǒ — surname Huo (HSK 3)
gēng — 1. to change or replace 2. to experience 3. one of the five two-hour periods into which the night was formerly divided 4. watch (e.g. of a sentry or guard) (HSK 2)
白淨
bái jìng — (of skin) fair and clear
Bǐ — 1. Belgium 2. Belgian 3. abbr. for 比利時 (Bǐ lì shí) (HSK 1)
Cháo — abbr. for 朝鮮 (Cháo xiǎn) Korea (HSK 3)
wù — 1. fog 2. mist 3. classifier: 場 (cháng), 陣 (zhèn) (HSK 7-9)
gēng — 1. to change or replace 2. to experience 3. one of the five two-hour periods into which the night was formerly divided 4. watch (e.g. of a sentry or guard) (HSK 2)
fēi — fall of snow
Wēi — 1. surname Wei 2. ancient Chinese state near present-day Chongqing 3. Taiwan pr. (Wéi)
而且
ér qiě — 1. (not only ...) but also 2. moreover; in addition; furthermore (HSK 2)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
kào — 1. to lean against or on 2. to stand by the side of 3. to come near to 4. to depend on 5. to trust 6. to fuck (vulgar) 7. traditional military costume drama where the performers wear armor (old) (HSK 2)
Dōng — surname Dong (HSK 1)
qiáng — 1. wall (classifier: 面 (miàn), 堵 (dǔ)) 2. (slang) to block (a website) (usu. in the passive: 被牆 (bèi qiáng)) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Zhāng — surname Zhang (HSK 3)
書桌
shū zhuō — 1. desk 2. classifier: 張 (zhāng) (HSK 5)
xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)

他说着,狮子似的赶快走进那房里去,但跨进里面的时候,便不见了白光的影踪,只有莽苍苍的一间旧房,和几个破书桌都没在昏暗里。他爽然的站着,慢慢的再定睛,然而白光却分明的又起来了,这回更广大,比硫黄火更白净,比朝雾更霏微,而且便在靠东墙的一张书桌下。

Chen Shicheng dashed like a lion to behind the door, reaching out his hand to feel for the hoe, and bumped into a dark shadow.Somehow he grew a little frightened, and in a fluster lit a lamp — only to see that it was merely the hoe leaning there, nothing more.He moved the desk aside, and with the hoe dug up four large square bricks all in one go; crouching down to look, he found, as always, fine golden-yellow sand beneath; rolling up his sleeves he scraped the sand away, and the black earth underneath was exposed.Most carefully and quietly he dug downward stroke by stroke, but the deep night was after all too silent, and the sound of the iron point striking earth was always dull and heavy, refusing to be muffled from anyone's ears.

Chén — 1. surname Chen 2. Chen (c. 1045 – 479 BC), a Zhou dynasty state 3. Chen (557–589), one of the Southern Dynasties 南朝 (Nán Cháo)
Shì — surname Shi
Chéng — 1. surname Cheng 2. short name for Chengdu 成都 (Chéng dū) (HSK 2)
獅子
Shī zǐ — 1. Leo (star sign) 2. Shihtzu township in Pingtung County 屏東縣 (Píng dōng Xiàn), Taiwan (HSK 7-9)
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)
bēn — 1. to hurry 2. to rush 3. to run quickly 4. to elope (HSK 7-9)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
Mén — surname Men (HSK 1)
後邊
hòu bian — 1. the back; the rear; the last bit 2. behind; near the end; at the back 3. later; afterwards (HSK 1)
伸手
shēn shǒu — 1. to reach out with one's hand 2. to hold out a hand 3. (fig.) to beg 4. to get involved 5. to meddle (HSK 7-9)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
mō — 1. to feel with the hand 2. to touch 3. to stroke 4. to grope 5. to steal 6. to abstract (HSK 4)
鋤頭
chú tou — 1. hoe 2. classifier: 把 (bǎ)
zhuàng — 1. to knock against 2. to bump into 3. to run into 4. to meet by accident (HSK 5)
zhāo — variant of 著 (zhāo) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiáo — 1. strip 2. item 3. article 4. clause (of law or treaty) 5. classifier for long thin things (ribbon, river, road, trousers etc) (HSK 2)
黑影
hēi yǐng — 1. shadow 2. darkness 3. twilight
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
不知
bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)
怎的
zěn de — 1. what for 2. why 3. how
有些
yǒu xiē — 1. some 2. somewhat; rather; a bit
Pà — surname Pa (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
張惶
zhāng huáng — variant of 張皇 (zhāng huáng)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
diǎn — 1. to touch briefly; to tap 2. to mark with a dot; to check off (on a list) 3. to order (food etc); to select 4. to mention; to bring up (a topic or person) 5. to hint at; to imply 6. to administer (eye medicine etc) in drops 7. to light (a fire, a lamp etc); to ignite 8. to nod (one's head) in agreement; to beckon by moving (one's hand) up and down 9. point; dot; spot; speck 10. dot stroke in Chinese characters 11. (math.) decimal point 12. point in time or space 13. (after a number) o'clock 14. a small amount; a bit; (after a verb or adjective) a bit more 15. classifier for small amounts (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
鋤頭
chú tou — 1. hoe 2. classifier: 把 (bǎ)
無非
wú fēi — 1. only 2. nothing else (HSK 7-9)
yǐ — 1. to lean on 2. to rely upon (HSK 7-9)
zhāo — variant of 著 (zhāo) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
移開
yí kāi — to move away
桌子
zhuō zi — 1. table 2. desk 3. classifier: 張 (zhāng), 套 (tào) (HSK 1)
yòng — 1. to use; to make use of; to employ 2. (coverb) with; using 3. to need; to have to (usu. used in the negative or in questions) 4. usefulness; utility 5. (bound form) expense; outlay 6. (courteous) to eat; to drink 7. (literary) hence; therefore (HSK 1)
鋤頭
chú tou — 1. hoe 2. classifier: 把 (bǎ)
一氣
yī qì — 1. at one go 2. at a stretch 3. for a period of time 4. forming a gang
jué — to dig
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
sì — 1. four 2. 4 (HSK 1)
kuài — 1. lump; chunk; piece 2. classifier for pieces of cloth, cake, soap etc 3. (coll.) classifier for money and currency units (HSK 1)
大方
Dà fāng — see 大方縣 (Dà fāng Xiàn) (HSK 4)
zhuān — 1. brick 2. tile (floor or wall, not roof) 3. classifier: 塊 (kuài) (HSK 7-9)
cún — (dialect) to sprain one's foot or leg due to a sudden impact or landing (HSK 6)
shēn — 1. body 2. life 3. oneself 4. personally 5. one's morality and conduct 6. the main part of a structure or body 7. pregnant 8. classifier for sets of clothes: suit, twinset 9. Kangxi radical 158
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
照例
zhào lì — 1. as a rule 2. as usual 3. usually (HSK 7-9)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
黃澄澄
huáng dēng dēng — glistening yellow; golden
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
細沙
xì shā — fine sand
xuān — 1. to roll up one's sleeves 2. to slap with the palm
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
xiù — 1. sleeve 2. to tuck inside one's sleeve
pá — 1. to crawl 2. to climb 3. to get up or sit up (HSK 2)
kāi — 1. to open (transitive or intransitive) 2. (of ships, vehicles, troops etc) to start 3. to turn on; to put in operation; to operate; to run 4. to boil 5. to write out (a prescription, check, invoice etc) 6. (directional complement) away; off 7. carat (gold) 8. abbr. for Kelvin, 開爾文 (Kāi ěr wén) 9. abbr. for 開本 (kāi běn), book format (HSK 1)
細沙
xì shā — fine sand
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
露出
lù chū — 1. to expose 2. to show 3. also pr. (lòu chū)
下面
xià miàn — 1. below 2. under 3. next 4. the following 5. also pr. (xià mian) (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Hēi — short name for Heilongjiang 黑龍江 (Hēi lóng jiāng) (HSK 2)
Tǔ — 1. surname Tu 2. Tu ethnic group (HSK 3)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
極小
jí xiǎo — 1. minimal 2. extremely small
xīn — 1. heart 2. mind 3. intention 4. center 5. core 6. classifier: 顆 (kē), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
幽靜
yōu jìng — 1. quiet 2. secluded 3. isolated 4. peaceful
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
chú — 1. a hoe 2. to hoe or dig 3. to weed 4. to get rid of
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
chú — 1. a hoe 2. to hoe or dig 3. to weed 4. to get rid of
wǎng — 1. to go (in a direction) 2. to 3. towards 4. (of a train) bound for 5. past 6. previous (HSK 2)
xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)
jué — to dig
然而
rán ér — however; but; yet (HSK 4)
深夜
shēn yè — very late at night (HSK 7-9)
究竟
jiū jìng — 1. to go to the bottom of a matter 2. after all 3. when all is said and done 4. (in an interrogative sentence) finally 5. outcome 6. result (HSK 4)
tài — 1. highest 2. greatest 3. too (much) 4. very 5. extremely (HSK 1)
寂靜
jì jìng — quiet (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
jiān — 1. pointed; tapering; sharp 2. (of a sound) shrill; piercing 3. (of one's hearing, sight etc) sharp; acute; keen 4. to make (one's voice) shrill 5. sharp point; tip 6. the best of sth; the cream of the crop (HSK 6)
Tiě — surname Tie (HSK 3)
chù — 1. to touch 2. to make contact with sth 3. to stir up sb's emotions
Tǔ — 1. surname Tu 2. Tu ethnic group (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
聲音
shēng yīn — sound; voice (HSK 2)
總是
zǒng shì — always (HSK 3)
dùn — 1. blunt 2. stupid
chóng — 1. to repeat 2. repetition 3. again 4. re- 5. classifier: layer (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
kěn — 1. to agree; to consent 2. to be willing to (HSK 6)
mán — 1. to conceal from 2. to keep (sb) in the dark (HSK 7-9)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
fā — 1. to send out 2. to show (one's feeling) 3. to issue 4. to develop 5. to make a bundle of money 6. classifier for gunshots (rounds) (HSK 2)
xiǎng — 1. echo 2. sound 3. noise 4. to make a sound 5. to sound 6. to ring 7. loud 8. classifier for noises (HSK 2)

陈士成狮子似的奔到门后边,伸手去摸锄头,撞着一条黑影。他不知怎的有些怕了,张惶的点了灯,看锄头无非倚着。他移开桌子,用锄头一气掘起四块大方砖,蹲身一看,照例是黄澄澄的细沙,揎了袖爬开细沙,便露出下面的黑土来。他极小心的,幽静的,一锄一锄往下掘,然而深夜究竟太寂静了,尖铁触土的声音,总是钝重的不肯瞒人的发响。

The pit had grown more than two feet deep, and still no mouth of an urn appeared; just as Chen Shicheng was growing anxious, there came a crisp clang, jarring his wrist quite painfully — the tip of the hoe had struck something hard;hastily he threw down the hoe, and groping to look, found a large square brick lying below.His heart trembled violently; concentrating all his attention, he dug up that square brick — beneath it, too, was black earth just like before; he loosened a great deal of soil, and below it there seemed to be no end.But suddenly he touched something small and hard again — round, probably a rusted copper coin;besides that there were also a few broken shards of porcelain.

Tǔ — 1. surname Tu 2. Tu ethnic group (HSK 3)
kēng — 1. pit; hollow; depression 2. (mining) pit; shaft; tunnel 3. (literary) to bury alive 4. (coll.) to cheat; to scam; to screw over (HSK 7-9)
shēn — (lit. and fig.) deep (HSK 3)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
chě — one of the characters used to represent a musical note in gongche notation, 工尺譜 (gōng chě pǔ) (HSK 4)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
並不
bìng bù — not at all; by no means
jiàn — 1. to see 2. to meet 3. to appear (to be sth) 4. to interview 5. opinion 6. view (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
Wèng — surname Weng
kǒu — 1. mouth 2. classifier for things with mouths (people, domestic animals, cannons, wells etc) 3. classifier for bites or mouthfuls (HSK 1)
Chén — 1. surname Chen 2. Chen (c. 1045 – 479 BC), a Zhou dynasty state 3. Chen (557–589), one of the Southern Dynasties 南朝 (Nán Cháo)
Shì — surname Shi
Chéng — 1. surname Cheng 2. short name for Chengdu 成都 (Chéng dū) (HSK 2)
zhēng — first month of the lunar year (HSK 1)
心焦
xīn jiāo — 1. worried 2. anxious
一聲
yī shēng — first tone in Mandarin (high, level tone)
cuì — 1. brittle 2. fragile 3. crisp 4. crunchy 5. clear and loud voice 6. neat (HSK 5)
xiǎng — 1. echo 2. sound 3. noise 4. to make a sound 5. to sound 6. to ring 7. loud 8. classifier for noises (HSK 2)
Pō — 1. surname Po 2. Taiwan pr. (Pǒ) (HSK 7-9)
zhèn — 1. to shake 2. to vibrate 3. to jolt 4. to quake 5. excited 6. shocked 7. one of the Eight Trigrams 八卦 (bā guà), symbolizing thunder 8. ☳ (HSK 7-9)
得手
dé shǒu — to go smoothly; to come off; to succeed (HSK 7-9)
wàn — 1. wrist 2. (squid, starfish etc) arm
tòng — 1. ache 2. pain 3. sorrow 4. deeply 5. thoroughly (HSK 3)
chú — 1. a hoe 2. to hoe or dig 3. to weed 4. to get rid of
jiān — 1. pointed; tapering; sharp 2. (of a sound) shrill; piercing 3. (of one's hearing, sight etc) sharp; acute; keen 4. to make (one's voice) shrill 5. sharp point; tip 6. the best of sth; the cream of the crop (HSK 6)
pèng — 1. to touch 2. to meet with 3. to bump (HSK 2)
zhāo — variant of 著 (zhāo) (HSK 1)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
堅硬
jiān yìng — 1. hard 2. solid (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
東西
dōng xī — east and west (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
急忙
jí máng — hastily (HSK 4)
拋下
pāo xià — 1. to throw down 2. to dump 3. to abandon 4. thrown down
鋤頭
chú tou — 1. hoe 2. classifier: 把 (bǎ)
摸索
mō suo — 1. to feel about 2. to grope about 3. to fumble 4. to do things slowly (HSK 7-9)
zhāo — variant of 著 (zhāo) (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
Shí — surname Shi (HSK 3)
一塊
yī kuài — 1. a piece; a chunk 2. (fig.) (coll.) (typically preceded by a specifier such as 這 (zhè)) aspect; area; dimension (Example: 情感這一塊 (qíng gǎn zhè yī kuài) "the emotional aspect (of it)") 3. (coll.) one yuan; a dollar 4. together; in the same place; in company
大方
Dà fāng — see 大方縣 (Dà fāng Xiàn) (HSK 4)
zhuān — 1. brick 2. tile (floor or wall, not roof) 3. classifier: 塊 (kuài) (HSK 7-9)
在下面
zài xià miàn — underneath
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
xīn — 1. heart 2. mind 3. intention 4. center 5. core 6. classifier: 顆 (kē), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
dǒu — 1. to tremble 2. to shake out 3. to reveal 4. to make it in the world (HSK 7-9)
得很
de hěn — (after an adjective) very
利害
lì hài — 1. pros and cons 2. advantages and disadvantages 3. gains and losses (HSK 7-9)
聚精會神
jù jīng huì shén — to concentrate one's attention (idiom) (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
wā — 1. to dig 2. to excavate 3. to scoop out (HSK 6)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
Fāng — surname Fang (HSK 4)
zhuān — 1. brick 2. tile (floor or wall, not roof) 3. classifier: 塊 (kuài) (HSK 7-9)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
下面
xià miàn — 1. below 2. under 3. next 4. the following 5. also pr. (xià mian) (HSK 3)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
滿
Mǎn — Manchu ethnic group (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
先前
xiān qián — before; previously (HSK 5)
一樣
yī yàng — 1. same 2. like 3. equal to 4. the same as 5. just like (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Hēi — short name for Heilongjiang 黑龍江 (Hēi lóng jiāng) (HSK 2)
Tǔ — 1. surname Tu 2. Tu ethnic group (HSK 3)
pá — 1. to crawl 2. to climb 3. to get up or sit up (HSK 2)
sōng — 1. loose 2. to loosen 3. to relax 4. floss (dry, fluffy food product made from shredded, seasoned meat or fish, used as a topping or filling) (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
許多
xǔ duō — 1. many 2. a lot of 3. much (HSK 2)
Tǔ — 1. surname Tu 2. Tu ethnic group (HSK 3)
下面
xià miàn — 1. below 2. under 3. next 4. the following 5. also pr. (xià mian) (HSK 3)
似乎
sì hū — it seems; seemingly; as if (HSK 4)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
無窮
wú qióng — 1. endless 2. boundless 3. inexhaustible (HSK 7-9)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
忽而
hū ér — 1. suddenly 2. now (..., now...)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
chù — 1. to touch 2. to make contact with sth 3. to stir up sb's emotions
zhāo — variant of 著 (zhāo) (HSK 1)
堅硬
jiān yìng — 1. hard 2. solid (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
xiǎo — 1. small 2. tiny 3. few 4. young (HSK 1)
東西
dōng xī — east and west (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yuán — 1. circle 2. round 3. circular 4. spherical 5. (of the moon) full 6. unit of Chinese currency (yuan) 7. tactful 8. to make consistent and whole (the narrative of a dream or a lie) (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
大約
dà yuē — 1. approximately 2. probably (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
xiù — to rust (HSK 7-9)
銅錢
tóng qián — copper coin (round with a square hole in the middle, used in former times in China)
此外
cǐ wài — besides; in addition; moreover; furthermore (HSK 4)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
還有
hái yǒu — 1. there still remain(s); there is (or are) still 2. in addition (HSK 1)
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
piān — 1. disk 2. sheet (HSK 2)
破碎
pò suì — 1. to smash to pieces 2. to shatter (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
磁片
cí piàn — magnetic disk

土坑深到二尺多了,并不见有瓮口,陈士成正心焦,一声脆响,颇震得手腕痛,锄尖碰着什么坚硬的东西了;他急忙抛下锄头,摸索着看时,一块大方砖在下面。他的心抖得很利害,聚精会神的挖起那方砖来,下面也满是先前一样的黑土,爬松了许多土,下面似乎还无穷。但忽而又触着坚硬的小东西了,圆的,大约是一个锈铜钱;此外也还有几片破碎的磁片。

A kind of emptiness seemed to come over Chen Shicheng's heart; sweating all over, he only scraped and clawed at the earth in agitation;in the midst of this, his heart gave a lurch in mid-air, and he touched a strange little thing again — this one seemed roughly shaped like a horseshoe, but crumbled brittle to the touch.Again he concentrated all his attention and dug the thing up, cautiously pinching it between his fingers; examining it carefully under the lamplight, he saw it was mottled and crumbling, like a rotten bone, still bearing along one edge a row of teeth, scattered and incomplete.He had already realized this must be a jawbone, and that very jawbone began to tremble and stir in his hand, and even took on a smiling look, until at last he heard it open its mouth and say:

Chén — 1. surname Chen 2. Chen (c. 1045 – 479 BC), a Zhou dynasty state 3. Chen (557–589), one of the Southern Dynasties 南朝 (Nán Cháo)
Shì — surname Shi
成心
chéng xīn — intentionally; deliberately; on purpose
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
彷彿
fǎng fú — 1. to seem; as if; seemingly 2. alike; similar (HSK 6)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
空虛
kōng xū — 1. hollow 2. emptiness 3. meaningless (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
渾身
hún shēn — 1. all over 2. from head to foot (HSK 7-9)
流汗
liú hàn — to sweat
急躁
jí zào — 1. irritable; irascible 2. impetuous
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
pá — 1. to crawl 2. to climb 3. to get up or sit up (HSK 2)
sāo — 1. to scratch 2. old variant of 騷 (sāo)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
其間
qí jiān — 1. in between 2. within that interval 3. in the meantime (HSK 7-9)
xīn — 1. heart 2. mind 3. intention 4. center 5. core 6. classifier: 顆 (kē), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
空中
kōng zhōng — 1. in the sky 2. in the air (HSK 5)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
抖動
dǒu dòng — 1. to quiver 2. to vibrate 3. to shake (sth)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
chù — 1. to touch 2. to make contact with sth 3. to stir up sb's emotions
zhāo — variant of 著 (zhāo) (HSK 1)
一種
yī zhǒng — one kind of; one type of
古怪
gǔ guài — 1. strange 2. weird 3. eccentric 4. bizarre (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
xiǎo — 1. small 2. tiny 3. few 4. young (HSK 1)
東西
dōng xī — east and west (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
似乎
sì hū — it seems; seemingly; as if (HSK 4)
約略
yuē lüè — 1. approximate 2. rough
有些
yǒu xiē — 1. some 2. somewhat; rather; a bit
馬掌
mǎ zhǎng — 1. the cutin skin of a horse's hoof 2. horseshoe
xíng — 1. to appear 2. to look 3. form 4. shape (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
觸手
chù shǒu — tentacle
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
sōng — 1. loose 2. to loosen 3. to relax 4. floss (dry, fluffy food product made from shredded, seasoned meat or fish, used as a topping or filling) (HSK 4)
cuì — 1. brittle 2. fragile 3. crisp 4. crunchy 5. clear and loud voice 6. neat (HSK 5)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
聚精會神
jù jīng huì shén — to concentrate one's attention (idiom) (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
wā — 1. to dig 2. to excavate 3. to scoop out (HSK 6)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
東西
dōng xī — east and west (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
謹慎
jǐn shèn — 1. cautious 2. prudent (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
cuō — 1. to pick up (a powder etc) with the fingertips 2. to scoop up 3. to collect together 4. to extract 5. to gather up 6. classifier: pinch 7. Taiwan pr. (cuò)
zhāo — variant of 著 (zhāo) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
燈光
dēng guāng — 1. (stage) lighting 2. light (HSK 4)
xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)
仔細
zǐ xì — 1. careful; attentive; cautious 2. to be careful; to look out 3. (dialect) thrifty; frugal (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
Shí — surname Shi (HSK 3)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
東西
dōng xī — east and west (HSK 1)
斑斑
bān bān — full of stains or spots
bāo — 1. to peel 2. to skin 3. to shell 4. to shuck (HSK 7-9)
bāo — 1. to peel 2. to skin 3. to shell 4. to shuck (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
làn — 1. soft; mushy 2. well-cooked and soft 3. to rot; to decompose 4. rotten 5. worn out 6. chaotic; messy 7. utterly; thoroughly 8. crappy; bad (HSK 5)
骨頭
gǔ tou — 1. bone 2. classifier: 根 (gēn), 塊 (kuài) 3. moral character 4. bitterness 5. Taiwan pr. (gú tou) (HSK 4)
上面
shàng miàn — 1. on top of 2. above-mentioned 3. also pr. (shàng mian) (HSK 3)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
dài — 1. band 2. belt 3. girdle 4. ribbon 5. tire 6. area 7. zone 8. region 9. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 10. to wear 11. to carry 12. to take along 13. to bear (i.e. to have) 14. to lead 15. to bring 16. to look after 17. to raise (HSK 2)
zhāo — variant of 著 (zhāo) (HSK 1)
一排
yī pái — row
零落
líng luò — 1. withered and fallen 2. scattered 3. sporadic
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
Quán — surname Quan (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
牙齒
yá chǐ — 1. tooth 2. dental 3. classifier: 顆 (kē) (HSK 7-9)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
已經
yǐ jīng — already (HSK 2)
wù — 1. to comprehend 2. to apprehend 3. to become aware
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
Xǔ — surname Xu (HSK 7-9)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
下巴
xià ba — chin
gū — 1. used in 骨碌碌 (gū lù lù) 2. used in 骨碌 (gū lu) 3. used in 骨朵 (gū duo)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
下巴
xià ba — chin
gū — 1. used in 骨碌碌 (gū lù lù) 2. used in 骨碌 (gū lu) 3. used in 骨朵 (gū duo)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
shǒu — 1. hand 2. (formal) to hold 3. person engaged in certain types of work 4. person skilled in certain types of work 5. personal(ly) 6. convenient 7. classifier for skill 8. classifier: 雙 (shuāng), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 1)
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
索索
suǒ suǒ — trembling
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
動彈
dòng tan — to budge (HSK 7-9)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
而且
ér qiě — 1. (not only ...) but also 2. moreover; in addition; furthermore (HSK 2)
笑吟吟
xiào yín yín — smiling; with a smile
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
顯出
xiǎn chū — 1. to express 2. to exhibit (HSK 6)
xiào — 1. to laugh; to smile 2. to laugh at (HSK 1)
yǐng — 1. picture 2. image 3. film 4. movie 5. photograph 6. reflection 7. shadow 8. trace
zhōng — 1. end 2. finish
Yú — surname Yu (HSK 6)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
開口
kāi kǒu — 1. to open one's mouth 2. to start to talk (HSK 7-9)
dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)

陈士成心里仿佛觉得空虚了,浑身流汗,急躁的只爬搔;这其间,心在空中一抖动,又触着一种古怪的小东西了,这似乎约略有些马掌形的,但触手很松脆。他又聚精会神的挖起那东西来,谨慎的撮着,就灯光下仔细的看时,那东西斑斑剥剥的像是烂骨头,上面还带着一排零落不全的牙齿。他已经悟到这许是下巴骨了,而那下巴骨也便在他手里索索的动弹起来,而且笑吟吟的显出笑影,终于听得他开口道:

!』'This time it's over again!'

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
完了
wán le — 1. to be finished 2. to be done for 3. ruined 4. gone to the dogs 5. oh no (HSK 5)

『这回又完了!』

He shivered with a great chill, and at the same moment let go of it; the jawbone drifted lightly back down to the bottom of the pit, and before long he too had fled out into the courtyard.He stole a glance into the room — the lamplight so blazing, the jawbone mocking him so, altogether unnaturally terrifying — and he no longer dared to look that way again.He lay down in the shadow beneath the eaves at a distance, and felt somewhat more at peace;but in the midst of this peace, suddenly beside his ear he heard again a whispering, furtive voice say:

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
慄然
lì rán — 1. (literary) shivering 2. shuddering
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
fā — 1. to send out 2. to show (one's feeling) 3. to issue 4. to develop 5. to make a bundle of money 6. classifier for gunshots (rounds) (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
Lěng — surname Leng (HSK 1)
同時
tóng shí — at the same time; simultaneously (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
fàng — 1. to put 2. to place 3. to release 4. to free 5. to let go 6. to let out 7. to set off (fireworks) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
shǒu — 1. hand 2. (formal) to hold 3. person engaged in certain types of work 4. person skilled in certain types of work 5. personal(ly) 6. convenient 7. classifier for skill 8. classifier: 雙 (shuāng), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 1)
下巴
xià ba — chin
gū — 1. used in 骨碌碌 (gū lù lù) 2. used in 骨碌 (gū lu) 3. used in 骨朵 (gū duo)
輕飄飄
qīng piāo piāo — light as a feather
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
回到
huí dào — to return to (HSK 1)
kēng — 1. pit; hollow; depression 2. (mining) pit; shaft; tunnel 3. (literary) to bury alive 4. (coll.) to cheat; to scam; to screw over (HSK 7-9)
de — (equivalent to 的 as possessive particle) (HSK 4)
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
多久
duō jiǔ — 1. (of time) how long? 2. (not) a long time (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
táo — 1. to escape 2. to run away 3. to flee (HSK 5)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
院子
yuàn zi — 1. courtyard 2. garden 3. yard 4. patio 5. classifier: 個 (gè) 6. (old) servant (HSK 2)
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
偷看
tōu kàn — 1. to peep 2. to peek 3. to steal a glance (HSK 7-9)
Fáng — surname Fang
裏面
lǐ miàn — variant of 裡面 (lǐ miàn) (HSK 3)
燈火
dēng huǒ — lights
如此
rú cǐ — like this; so; such (HSK 5)
輝煌
huī huáng — 1. splendid 2. glorious (HSK 7-9)
下巴
xià ba — chin
gū — 1. used in 骨碌碌 (gū lù lù) 2. used in 骨碌 (gū lu) 3. used in 骨朵 (gū duo)
如此
rú cǐ — like this; so; such (HSK 5)
嘲笑
cháo xiào — 1. to jeer at 2. to deride 3. to ridicule 4. mockery 5. derision (HSK 7-9)
異乎尋常
yì hū xún cháng — 1. unusual 2. extraordinary
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Pà — surname Pa (HSK 2)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
再不
zài bù — or else; alternatively
gǎn — 1. to dare 2. daring 3. (polite) may I venture (HSK 3)
Xiàng — surname Xiang (HSK 2)
那邊
nà bian — 1. over there 2. yonder (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
tǎng — 1. to recline 2. to lie down (HSK 4)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
遠處
yuǎn chù — distant place (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yán — variant of 檐 (yán)
xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
陰影
yīn yǐng — 1. (lit. and fig.) shadow 2. classifier: 道 (dào) (HSK 6)
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
jiào — 1. (bound form) to compare 2. (literary) to dispute 3. compared to 4. (before an adjective) relatively; comparatively; rather 5. also pr. (jiǎo) (HSK 3)
wéi — variant of 為 (wéi) (HSK 2)
平安
Píng ān — see 平安區 (Píng ān Qū) (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
平安
Píng ān — see 平安區 (Píng ān Qū) (HSK 2)
Zhōng — 1. (bound form) China; Chinese 2. surname Zhong (HSK 1)
忽而
hū ér — 1. suddenly 2. now (..., now...)
ěr — 1. ear 2. handle (archaeology) 3. and that is all (Classical Chinese)
duǒ — variant of 朵 (duǒ) (HSK 5)
biān — 1. side 2. edge 3. margin 4. border 5. boundary 6. classifier: 個 (gè) 7. simultaneously (HSK 2)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
竊竊
qiè qiè — 1. privately 2. secretly 3. unobtrusively
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
低聲
dī shēng — 1. in a low voice 2. softly
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

他栗然的发了大冷,同时也放了手,下巴骨轻飘飘的回到坑底里不多久,他也就逃到院子里了。他偷看房里面,灯火如此辉煌,下巴骨如此嘲笑,异乎寻常的怕人,便再不敢向那边看。他躺在远处的簷下的阴影里,觉得较为平安了;但在这平安中,忽而耳朶边又听得窃窃的低声说:

……'It's not here...……』Go to the mountains...'

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
Lǐ — surname Li (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)

『这里没有……到山里去……』

Chen Shicheng seemed to recall that during the day, out on the street, he had also heard someone say words like these; without even waiting to hear more, he had already grasped it all in a flash of understanding.He suddenly raised his face to the sky; the moon had already sunk away toward the direction of West High Peak; picturing in his mind West High Peak, thirty-five li from the city, he seemed to see it right before his eyes, standing black and looming like a court tablet, and all around it burst forth a vast, flickering white light.

Chén — 1. surname Chen 2. Chen (c. 1045 – 479 BC), a Zhou dynasty state 3. Chen (557–589), one of the Southern Dynasties 南朝 (Nán Cháo)
Shì — surname Shi
Chéng — 1. surname Cheng 2. short name for Chengdu 成都 (Chéng dū) (HSK 2)
似乎
sì hū — it seems; seemingly; as if (HSK 4)
記得
jì de — to remember (HSK 1)
白天
bái tiān — 1. daytime 2. during the day 3. day 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
街上
jiē shang — 1. on the street 2. in town
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
Zēng — surname Zeng (HSK 4)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
有人
yǒu rén — 1. someone 2. people 3. anyone 4. there is someone there 5. occupied (as in restroom) (HSK 2)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
這種
zhè zhǒng — this kind of
huà — 1. dialect 2. language 3. spoken words 4. speech 5. talk 6. words 7. conversation 8. what sb said 9. classifier: 種 (zhǒng), 席 (xí), 句 (jù), 口 (kǒu), 番 (fān) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
dāi — to stay; to remain (HSK 5)
zài — 1. again; once more; re- 2. further; beyond this point of time 3. (before an adjective) more 4. then (after sth, and not until then) 5. no matter how ... (followed by an adjective or verb, and then (usually) 也 (yě) or 都 (dōu) for emphasis) 6. (used to introduce additional information, as in 再則 (zài zé), 再就是 (zài jiù shì) etc) 7. (literary) to reappear; to reoccur (HSK 1)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
wán — 1. to finish 2. to be over 3. whole 4. complete 5. entire (HSK 2)
已經
yǐ jīng — already (HSK 2)
恍然大悟
huǎng rán dà wù — (idiom) to suddenly realize; to suddenly see the light (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
突然
tū rán — sudden; abrupt; unexpected (HSK 3)
Yǎng — surname Yang (HSK 6)
面向
miàn xiàng — 1. to face; to turn towards; geared towards; catering for; -oriented 2. (Tw) aspect; facet (HSK 6)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
月亮
yuè liang — the moon (HSK 2)
yǐ — 1. already 2. to stop 3. then 4. afterwards (HSK 3)
Xiàng — surname Xiang (HSK 2)
西
Xī — 1. the West 2. abbr. for Spain 西班牙 (Xī bān yá) 3. Spanish (HSK 1)
Gāo — surname Gao (HSK 1)
fēng — variant of 峰 (fēng)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
方面
fāng miàn — 1. respect 2. aspect 3. field 4. side 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
隱去
yǐn qù — 1. to disappear 2. to hide
yuǎn — 1. far 2. distant 3. remote 4. (intensifier in a comparison) by far 5. much (lower etc) (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
Lí — surname Li (HSK 2)
chéng — 1. city walls 2. city 3. town 4. classifier: 座 (zuò), 道 (dào), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
三十
sān shí — 1. thirty 2. 30
wǔ — 1. five 2. 5 (HSK 1)
Lǐ — surname Li (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
西
Xī — 1. the West 2. abbr. for Spain 西班牙 (Xī bān yá) 3. Spanish (HSK 1)
Gāo — surname Gao (HSK 1)
fēng — variant of 峰 (fēng)
正在
zhèng zài — to be in the process of (doing sth); to be currently ...-ing (HSK 1)
眼前
yǎn qián — 1. before one's eyes 2. now 3. at present (HSK 3)
Cháo — abbr. for 朝鮮 (Cháo xiǎn) Korea (HSK 3)
hù — (old) ceremonial tablet (held by officials at an audience)
一般
yī bān — 1. same 2. ordinary 3. so-so 4. common 5. general 6. generally 7. in general (HSK 2)
黑魆魆
hēi xū xū — 1. dim; dark; murky 2. black
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
挺立
tǐng lì — 1. to stand erect 2. to stand upright
zhāo — variant of 著 (zhāo) (HSK 1)
周圍
zhōu wéi — environs; surroundings; periphery (HSK 3)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
放出
fàng chū — 1. to let off 2. to give out
浩大
hào dà — vast; huge
閃爍
shǎn shuò — 1. to glisten; to glitter; to twinkle; to flicker 2. to be evasive; to equivocate (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Bái — 1. surname Bai 2. Bai ethnic group (HSK 1)
guāng — 1. light; ray (classifier: 道 (dào)) 2. bright; shiny 3. only; merely 4. used up; finished 5. to leave (a part of the body) uncovered (HSK 3)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)

陈士成似乎记得白天在街上也曾听得有人说这种话,他不待再听完,已经恍然大悟了。他突然仰面向天,月亮已向西高峰这方面隐去,远想离城三十五里的西高峰正在眼前,朝笏一般黑魆魆的挺立着,周围便放出浩大闪烁的白光来。

And moreover this white light was there again, far off, right ahead of him.

而且
ér qiě — 1. (not only ...) but also 2. moreover; in addition; furthermore (HSK 2)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
Bái — 1. surname Bai 2. Bai ethnic group (HSK 1)
guāng — 1. light; ray (classifier: 道 (dào)) 2. bright; shiny 3. only; merely 4. used up; finished 5. to leave (a part of the body) uncovered (HSK 3)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
遠遠
yuǎn yuǎn — 1. distant 2. by far (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
在前
zài qián — 1. ahead 2. formerly 3. in the past
miàn — 1. face 2. side 3. surface 4. aspect 5. top 6. classifier for objects with flat surfaces such as drums, mirrors, flags etc
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

而且这白光又远远的就在前面了。

!』'Yes, go to the mountains!'

是的
shì de — 1. yes, that's right 2. variant of 似的 (shì de)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)

『是的,到山里去!』

So he resolved in his mind, and dashed out in wretched despair.After a few sounds of doors opening, no further sound at all was heard from within.The lamp's wick formed a great snuff-flower, lighting the empty room and the pit, and after crackling and popping a few times, gradually shrank away to nothing — the last of the oil had burned dry.

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
決定
jué dìng — 1. to decide; to determine; to make up one's mind 2. decision (classifier: 個 (gè), 項 (xiàng)) (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
慘然
cǎn rán — 1. grieved 2. distressed
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
bēn — 1. to hurry 2. to rush 3. to run quickly 4. to elope (HSK 7-9)
出去
chū qù — to go out (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
開門
kāi mén — 1. (lit. and fig.) to open a door 2. to open for business
shēng — 1. sound 2. voice 3. tone 4. noise 5. reputation 6. classifier for sounds (HSK 5)
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
Mén — surname Men (HSK 1)
裏面
lǐ miàn — variant of 裡面 (lǐ miàn) (HSK 3)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
再不
zài bù — or else; alternatively
Wén — surname Wen (HSK 2)
一些
yī xiē — some; a few; a little; (following an adjective) slightly ...er (HSK 1)
聲息
shēng xī — 1. sound (often with negative, not a sound) 2. whisper
燈光
dēng guāng — 1. (stage) lighting 2. light (HSK 4)
結了
jié le — that's that; that's it; that will do
大燈
dà dēng — headlight
Huā — surname Hua (HSK 1)
zhào — 1. according to 2. in accordance with 3. to shine 4. to illuminate 5. to reflect 6. to look at (one's reflection) 7. to take (a photo) 8. photo 9. as requested 10. as before (HSK 3)
zhāo — variant of 著 (zhāo) (HSK 1)
kōng — 1. empty 2. air 3. sky 4. in vain (HSK 3)
wū — 1. (bound form) house 2. (bound form) room (HSK 5)
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
坑洞
kēng dòng — 1. hole 2. pit 3. pothole
畢畢剝剝
bì bì bō bō — (onom.) sound of knocking or bursting
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhá — 1. to deep fry 2. (coll.) to blanch (a vegetable) 3. Taiwan pr. (zhà) (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
shēng — 1. sound 2. voice 3. tone 4. noise 5. reputation 6. classifier for sounds (HSK 5)
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
漸漸
jiàn jiàn — gradually (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
縮小
suō xiǎo — to reduce; to decrease; to shrink (HSK 4)
以至于
yǐ zhì yú — 1. down to 2. up to 3. to the extent that... (HSK 7-9)
mó — used in 南無 (nā mó) (HSK 4)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
那是
nà shi — 1. (coll.) of course 2. naturally 3. indeed
cán — 1. to destroy 2. to spoil 3. to ruin 4. to injure 5. cruel 6. oppressive 7. savage 8. brutal 9. incomplete 10. disabled 11. to remain 12. to survive 13. remnant 14. surplus (HSK 7-9)
yóu — 1. oil 2. fat 3. grease 4. petroleum 5. to apply tung oil, paint or varnish 6. oily 7. greasy 8. glib 9. cunning (HSK 2)
已經
yǐ jīng — already (HSK 2)
shāo — 1. to burn; to set on fire 2. to heat (over a fire); to boil (water, tea etc) 3. to braise 4. to cook; to prepare food 5. to run a fever 6. fever 7. (coll.) to become full of oneself; to get carried away (HSK 4)
jìn — 1. to use up 2. to exhaust 3. to end 4. to finish 5. to the utmost 6. exhausted 7. finished 8. to the limit (of sth) 9. all 10. entirely (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

他决定的想,惨然的奔出去了。几回的开门声之后,门里面便再不闻一些声息。灯光结了大灯花照着空屋和坑洞,毕毕剥剥的炸了几声之后,便渐渐的缩小以至于无有,那是残油已经烧尽了。

~~』'Open the city gate~~'

開城
Kāi chéng — Kaesong or Gaeseong city in southwest North Korea, close to the border with South Korea and a special economic zone for South Korean companies
Mén — surname Men (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)

『开城门来~~』

A voice of terror charged with great hope, thin as a trailing thread of silk, cried out tremblingly before the West Gate in the light of dawn.

hán — 1. to keep in the mouth 2. to contain (HSK 4)
zhāo — variant of 著 (zhāo) (HSK 1)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
希望
xī wàng — 1. to hope 2. a hope; a wish (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
恐怖
kǒng bù — 1. terrible 2. frightful 3. frightening 4. terror 5. terrorist (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
bēi — 1. sad 2. sadness 3. sorrow 4. grief
shēng — 1. sound 2. voice 3. tone 4. noise 5. reputation 6. classifier for sounds (HSK 5)
游絲
yóu sī — 1. gossamer 2. hairspring
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
西
Xī — 1. the West 2. abbr. for Spain 西班牙 (Xī bān yá) 3. Spanish (HSK 1)
關門
guān mén — 1. to close a door 2. to lock a door 3. (of a shop etc) to close (for the night or permanently)
qián — 1. front 2. forward 3. ahead 4. first 5. top (followed by a number) 6. future 7. ago 8. before 9. BC (e.g. 前293年) 10. former 11. formerly (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
黎明
lí míng — dawn; daybreak (HSK 7-9)
Zhōng — 1. (bound form) China; Chinese 2. surname Zhong (HSK 1)
戰戰兢兢
zhàn zhàn jīng jīng — 1. trembling with fear 2. with fear and trepidation
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
叫喊
jiào hǎn — 1. exclamation 2. outcry 3. shout 4. yell

含着大希望的恐怖的悲声,游丝似的在西关门前的黎明中,战战兢兢的叫喊。

At midday the next day, someone spotted a floating corpse in Wanliu Lake, fifteen li from the West Gate; the news spread at once and eventually reached the ears of the local warden, who had the villagers fish it out.,『』,It was the corpse of a man, over fifty years old, 'of medium build, pale-faced, and beardless,' with hardly any clothing left on his body.Some said this was none other than Chen Shicheng.But the neighbors could not be bothered to go look, and no relative came to claim the body; so after the county official had come to examine it, the local warden had it carried off and buried.As for the cause of death, that was of course beyond question; stripping the clothes off a corpse was, after all, a common enough occurrence, not enough to arouse suspicion of murder;and moreover the coroner confirmed that he had fallen into the water while still alive, for he had unmistakably struggled for life at the bottom of the water, so that all ten of his fingernails were packed full with mud from the riverbed.

第二天
dì èr tiān — 1. next day 2. the morrow
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
日中
Rì Zhōng — Japan-China
有人
yǒu rén — 1. someone 2. people 3. anyone 4. there is someone there 5. occupied (as in restroom) (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
Lí — surname Li (HSK 2)
西門
Xī mén — two-character surname Ximen
十五
shí wǔ — 1. fifteen 2. 15
Lǐ — surname Li (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Wàn — surname Wan (HSK 2)
liú — 1. to flow 2. to disseminate 3. to circulate or spread 4. to move or drift 5. to degenerate 6. to banish or send into exile 7. stream of water or sth resembling one 8. class, rate or grade (HSK 2)
hú — lake (HSK 2)
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
看見
kàn jiàn — to see; to catch sight of (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
浮屍
fú shī — floating corpse
dāng — 1. to be 2. to act as 3. manage 4. withstand 5. when 6. during 7. ought 8. should 9. match equally 10. equal 11. same 12. obstruct 13. just at (a time or place) 14. on the spot 15. right 16. just at (HSK 2)
jí — 1. variant of 即 (jí) 2. promptly
傳揚
chuán yáng — to spread (by word of mouth)
kāi — 1. to open (transitive or intransitive) 2. (of ships, vehicles, troops etc) to start 3. to turn on; to put in operation; to operate; to run 4. to boil 5. to write out (a prescription, check, invoice etc) 6. (directional complement) away; off 7. carat (gold) 8. abbr. for Kelvin, 開爾文 (Kāi ěr wén) 9. abbr. for 開本 (kāi běn), book format (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
zhōng — 1. end 2. finish
Yú — surname Yu (HSK 6)
chuán — 1. to pass on 2. to spread 3. to transmit 4. to infect 5. to transfer 6. to circulate 7. to conduct (electricity) (HSK 3)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
地保
dì bǎo — (old) local constable
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
耳朵
ěr duo — 1. ear 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 個 (gè), 對 (duì) 3. handle (on a cup) (HSK 5)
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
鄉下人
xiāng xià rén — 1. country folk 2. rustic 3. rural folk
lāo — 1. to fish up 2. to dredge up (HSK 7-9)
jiāng — 1. will 2. shall 3. to use 4. to take 5. to checkmate 6. just a short while ago 7. (introduces object of main verb, used in the same way as 把 (bǎ)) (HSK 5)
上來
shàng lái — 1. to come up 2. to approach 3. (verb complement indicating success) (HSK 3)
那是
nà shi — 1. (coll.) of course 2. naturally 3. indeed
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
nán — 1. (bound form) male 2. baron, the lowest of the five ranks of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) (HSK 1)
shī — (bound form) corpse
五十
wǔ shí — fifty
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
suì — 1. classifier for years (of age) 2. year 3. year (of crop harvests) (HSK 1)
shēn — 1. body 2. life 3. oneself 4. personally 5. one's morality and conduct 6. the main part of a structure or body 7. pregnant 8. classifier for sets of clothes: suit, twinset 9. Kangxi radical 158
Zhōng — 1. (bound form) China; Chinese 2. surname Zhong (HSK 1)
miàn — 1. face 2. side 3. surface 4. aspect 5. top 6. classifier for objects with flat surfaces such as drums, mirrors, flags etc
Bái — 1. surname Bai 2. Bai ethnic group (HSK 1)
mó — used in 南無 (nā mó) (HSK 4)
xū — 1. beard 2. mustache 3. feeler (of an insect etc) 4. tassel (HSK 7-9)
渾身
hún shēn — 1. all over 2. from head to foot (HSK 7-9)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
沒有什麼
méi yǒu shén me — 1. it is nothing 2. there's nothing ... about it
yī — 1. clothes 2. classifier: 件 (jiàn) 3. Kangxi radical 145
kù — 1. underpants 2. trousers 3. pants
或者
huò zhě — 1. or 2. possibly; maybe; perhaps (HSK 2)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
這就
zhè jiù — 1. immediately 2. at once
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Chén — 1. surname Chen 2. Chen (c. 1045 – 479 BC), a Zhou dynasty state 3. Chen (557–589), one of the Southern Dynasties 南朝 (Nán Cháo)
Shì — surname Shi
Chéng — 1. surname Cheng 2. short name for Chengdu 成都 (Chéng dū) (HSK 2)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
鄰居
lín jū — neighbor (HSK 5)
懶得
lǎn de — to not feel like (doing sth); to be disinclined to (HSK 7-9)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
bìng — 1. and 2. furthermore 3. also 4. together with 5. (not) at all 6. simultaneously 7. to combine 8. to join 9. to merge (HSK 3)
mó — used in 南無 (nā mó) (HSK 4)
shī — (bound form) corpse
qīn — 1. parent 2. one's own (flesh and blood) 3. relative 4. related 5. marriage 6. bride 7. close 8. intimate 9. in person 10. first-hand 11. in favor of 12. pro- 13. to kiss 14. (Internet slang) dear (HSK 3)
認領
rèn lǐng — 1. to claim (as one's property) 2. to adopt (a child) 3. to accept (an illegitimate child as one's own)
于是
yú shì — thereupon; as a result; consequently; thus; hence (HSK 4)
Jīng — surname Jing (HSK 7-9)
縣委
xiàn wěi — CCP county committee
yuán — 1. (bound form) person engaged in a certain field of activity 2. (bound form) member 3. classifier for military generals
Xiāng — surname Xiang
yàn — 1. to examine 2. to test 3. to check (HSK 7-9)
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
yóu — 1. to follow 2. from 3. because of; due to 4. by; via; through 5. (before a noun and a verb) it is for ... to ... (HSK 3)
地保
dì bǎo — (old) local constable
tái — variant of 抬 (tái) (HSK 5)
mái — to bury (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
至于
zhì yú — 1. as for 2. as to 3. to go so far as to (HSK 6)
死因
sǐ yīn — cause of death
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
當然
dāng rán — 1. only natural 2. as it should be 3. certainly 4. of course 5. without doubt (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
問題
wèn tí — 1. question 2. problem 3. issue 4. topic 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
bāo — 1. to peel 2. to skin 3. to shell 4. to shuck (HSK 7-9)
qǔ — 1. to take 2. to get 3. to choose 4. to fetch (HSK 2)
死屍
sǐ shī — corpse; dead body
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
衣服
yī fu — 1. clothes 2. classifier: 件 (jiàn), 套 (tào) (HSK 1)
本來
běn lái — 1. original 2. originally 3. at first 4. it goes without saying 5. of course (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Cháng — surname Chang (HSK 1)
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. matter 2. thing 3. item 4. work 5. affair 6. classifier: 件 (jiàn), 樁 (zhuāng), 回 (huí) (HSK 1)
gòu — 1. enough (sufficient) 2. enough (too much) 3. (coll.) (before adj.) really 4. (coll.) to reach by stretching out (HSK 2)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
疑心
yí xīn — 1. suspicion 2. to suspect
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
謀害
móu hài — 1. to conspire to murder 2. to plot against sb's life (HSK 7-9)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
而且
ér qiě — 1. (not only ...) but also 2. moreover; in addition; furthermore (HSK 2)
仵作
wǔ zuò — coroner (old)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
證明
zhèng míng — 1. proof 2. certificate 3. identification 4. testimonial 5. classifier: 個 (gè) 6. to prove 7. to testify 8. to confirm the truth of (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
生前
shēng qián — 1. (of a deceased) during one's life 2. while living (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
落水
luò shuǐ — 1. to fall into water 2. to sink 3. overboard 4. fig. to degenerate 5. to sink (into depravity) 6. to go to the dogs
yīn — 1. cause 2. reason 3. because (HSK 6)
wéi — variant of 為 (wéi) (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
確鑿
què záo — 1. definite 2. conclusive 3. undeniable 4. authentic 5. also pr. (què zuò) (HSK 7-9)
Zēng — surname Zeng (HSK 4)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
水底
shuǐ dǐ — the bottom of a body of water
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
zhēng — used in 掙扎 (zhēng zhá) (HSK 5)
mìng — 1. life 2. fate 3. order or command 4. to assign a name, title etc (HSK 6)
所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
shí — 1. ten 2. 10 (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
指甲
zhǐ jia — fingernail (HSK 5)
lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
滿
Mǎn — Manchu ethnic group (HSK 2)
kǎn — see 赤嵌樓 (Chì kǎn lóu)
zhāo — variant of 著 (zhāo) (HSK 1)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
de — (equivalent to 的 as possessive particle) (HSK 4)
ní — 1. mud 2. clay 3. paste 4. pulp (HSK 6)

第二天的日中,有人在离西门十五里的万流湖里看见一个浮尸,当即传扬开去,终于传到地保的耳朵里了,便叫乡下人捞将上来。那是一个男尸,五十多岁,『身中面白无须』,浑身也没有什么衣裤。或者说这就是陈士成。但邻居懒得去看,也并无尸亲认领,于是经县委员相验之后,便由地保抬埋了。至于死因,那当然是没有问题的,剥取死尸的衣服本来是常有的事,够不上疑心到谋害去;而且仵作也证明是生前的落水,因为他确凿曾在水底里挣命,所以十个指甲里都满嵌着河底泥。

。)(June 1922.)

yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
jiǔ — 1. nine 2. 9 (HSK 1)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
Nián — surname Nian (HSK 1)
六月
Liù yuè — 1. June 2. sixth month (of the lunar year)

》,:(1)”);(2);(3)。(According to the Interpretation of the Copyright Law of the People's Republic of China, a work made by a legal person must satisfy three requirements: (1) it is created under the direction of the legal person (or other organization, hereinafter "legal person"), rather than spontaneously by staff members; (2) the creative ideas and mode of expression embody the will of the legal person; (3) responsibility for the work is borne by the legal person, not by the actual writer. (See details.)

jū — used in 拮据 (jié jū) (HSK 6)
中华人民共和国
Zhōng huá Rén mín Gòng hé guó — People's Republic of China
著作权
zhù zuò quán — copyright
Fǎ — 1. France 2. French 3. abbr. for 法國 (Fǎ guó) 4. Taiwan pr. (Fà) (HSK 4)
释义
shì yì — 1. the meaning of sth 2. an explanation of the meaning of words or phrases 3. definition 4. an interpretation (of doctrine) 5. religious doctrine
法人
fǎ rén — 1. legal person 2. corporation 3. see also 自然人 (zì rán rén)
作品
zuò pǐn — 1. work (of art) 2. opus 3. classifier: 部 (bù), 篇 (piān) (HSK 3)
Yīng — 1. surname Ying 2. Taiwan pr. (Yìng) (HSK 4)
满足
mǎn zú — 1. to satisfy 2. to meet (the needs of) 3. satisfied 4. content (HSK 3)
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
diǎn — 1. to touch briefly; to tap 2. to mark with a dot; to check off (on a list) 3. to order (food etc); to select 4. to mention; to bring up (a topic or person) 5. to hint at; to imply 6. to administer (eye medicine etc) in drops 7. to light (a fire, a lamp etc); to ignite 8. to nod (one's head) in agreement; to beckon by moving (one's hand) up and down 9. point; dot; spot; speck 10. dot stroke in Chinese characters 11. (math.) decimal point 12. point in time or space 13. (after a number) o'clock 14. a small amount; a bit; (after a verb or adjective) a bit more 15. classifier for small amounts (HSK 1)
要求
yāo qiú — 1. to request 2. to require 3. requirement 4. to stake a claim 5. to ask 6. to demand 7. classifier: 點 (diǎn) (HSK 2)
yóu — 1. to follow 2. from 3. because of; due to 4. by; via; through 5. (before a noun and a verb) it is for ... to ... (HSK 3)
法人
fǎ rén — 1. legal person 2. corporation 3. see also 自然人 (zì rán rén)
huò — 1. maybe 2. perhaps 3. might 4. possibly 5. or (HSK 2)
其他
qí tā — 1. other 2. (sth or sb) else 3. the rest (HSK 2)
组织
zǔ zhī — 1. to organize 2. organization 3. (biology) tissue 4. (textiles) weave 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 5)
以下
yǐ xià — 1. that level or lower 2. that amount or less 3. the following (HSK 2)
简称
jiǎn chēng — 1. to be abbreviated to 2. abbreviation; short form (HSK 7-9)
法人
fǎ rén — 1. legal person 2. corporation 3. see also 自然人 (zì rán rén)
主持
zhǔ chí — 1. to take charge of 2. to manage or direct 3. to preside over 4. to uphold 5. to stand for (justice etc) 6. to host (a TV or radio program etc) 7. (TV) anchor (HSK 3)
创作
chuàng zuò — 1. to create; to produce; to write 2. a creative work; a creation (HSK 3)
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
Fēi — abbr. for 非洲 (Fēi zhōu), Africa (HSK 4)
工作人员
gōng zuò rén yuán — staff member
自发
zì fā — spontaneous (HSK 7-9)
进行
jìn xíng — 1. (of a process etc) to proceed; to be in progress; to be underway 2. (of people) to carry out; to conduct (an investigation or discussion etc) 3. (of an army etc) to be on the march; to advance (HSK 2)
创作
chuàng zuò — 1. to create; to produce; to write 2. a creative work; a creation (HSK 3)
思想
sī xiǎng — 1. thought 2. thinking 3. idea 4. ideology 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
jí — 1. and 2. to reach 3. up to 4. in time for (HSK 7-9)
表达
biǎo dá — to express; to convey (HSK 3)
方式
fāng shì — 1. way; method; manner; mode; pattern (of behavior etc) 2. classifier: 種 (zhǒng) (HSK 3)
体现
tǐ xiàn — 1. to embody 2. to reflect 3. to incarnate (HSK 3)
法人
fǎ rén — 1. legal person 2. corporation 3. see also 自然人 (zì rán rén)
意志
yì zhì — will; willpower; determination (HSK 5)
yóu — 1. to follow 2. from 3. because of; due to 4. by; via; through 5. (before a noun and a verb) it is for ... to ... (HSK 3)
法人
fǎ rén — 1. legal person 2. corporation 3. see also 自然人 (zì rán rén)
负责
fù zé — 1. to be responsible for; to be in charge of; to bear responsibility for 2. conscientious (HSK 3)
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
Fēi — abbr. for 非洲 (Fēi zhōu), Africa (HSK 4)
执笔
zhí bǐ — 1. to write 2. to do the actual writing
zhě — 1. (after a verb or adjective) one who (is) ... 2. (after a noun) person involved in ... 3. -er 4. -ist 5. (used after a number or 後 (hòu) or 前 (qián) to refer to sth mentioned previously) 6. (used after a term, to mark a pause before defining the term) 7. (old) (used at the end of a command) 8. (old) this
详情
xiáng qíng — 1. details 2. particulars

19227101913。《1938Lu Xun's 'White Light' was first published on July 10, 1922, in Shanghai's Eastern Miscellany, Volume 19, Issue 13. The Complete Works of Lu Xun was compiled and printed by the Mr. Lu Xun Memorial Committee in 1938.

鲁迅
Lǔ Xùn — Lu Xun (1881-1936), one of the earliest and best-known modern Chinese writers
Bái — 1. surname Bai 2. Bai ethnic group (HSK 1)
guāng — 1. light; ray (classifier: 道 (dào)) 2. bright; shiny 3. only; merely 4. used up; finished 5. to leave (a part of the body) uncovered (HSK 3)
最初
zuì chū — 1. first 2. primary 3. initial 4. original 5. at first 6. initially 7. originally (HSK 4)
发表
fā biǎo — 1. to issue 2. to publish (HSK 3)
Yú — surname Yu (HSK 6)
Nián — surname Nian (HSK 1)
yuè — 1. moon 2. month 3. monthly 4. classifier: 個 (gè), 輪 (lún) (HSK 1)
rì — 1. (bound form) sun 2. day 3. day of the month 4. (bound form) Japan (abbr. for 日本 (Rì běn)) 5. (vulgar) to fuck; to have sex with (HSK 1)
上海
Shàng hǎi — Shanghai municipality (short name 滬 (Hù))
东方
Dōng fāng — 1. the East; the Orient 2. two-character surname Dongfang (HSK 2)
杂志
zá zhì — 1. magazine 2. classifier: 本 (běn), 份 (fèn), 期 (qī) (HSK 3)
dì — 1. (prefix indicating ordinal number, as in 第六 (dì liù) "sixth") 2. (literary) grades in which successful candidates in the imperial examinations were placed 3. (old) residence of a high official 4. (literary) but; however 5. (literary) only; just
juǎn — 1. to roll up 2. (fig.) to sweep up; to engulf; to drag into (a situation) 3. (slang) to compete to an unhealthy degree; hypercompetitive 4. a roll 5. classifier for small rolled-up things (wad of paper money, movie reel etc) (HSK 4)
dì — 1. (prefix indicating ordinal number, as in 第六 (dì liù) "sixth") 2. (literary) grades in which successful candidates in the imperial examinations were placed 3. (old) residence of a high official 4. (literary) but; however 5. (literary) only; just
háo — (bound form) to wail; to howl (HSK 1)
鲁迅
Lǔ Xùn — Lu Xun (1881-1936), one of the earliest and best-known modern Chinese writers
全集
quán jí — 1. omnibus 2. complete works (of a writer or artist)
yóu — 1. to follow 2. from 3. because of; due to 4. by; via; through 5. (before a noun and a verb) it is for ... to ... (HSK 3)
鲁迅
Lǔ Xùn — Lu Xun (1881-1936), one of the earliest and best-known modern Chinese writers
先生
xiān sheng — 1. teacher 2. gentleman; sir; mister (Mr.) 3. husband 4. (dialect) doctor 5. classifier: 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)
纪念
jì niàn — 1. to commemorate; to honor the memory of 2. memento; keepsake; souvenir (HSK 3)
委员会
wěi yuán huì — committee; commission (HSK 7-9)
编印
biān yìn — 1. to compile and print 2. to publish
Yú — surname Yu (HSK 6)
Nián — surname Nian (HSK 1)

Loading the interactive reader…

What it’s about

陳士成 comes back from the examination hall and reads down the list of successful candidates without finding his name on it, for the sixteenth time. The boys he tutors are taken away and do not return. Everything he had arranged his life around — the rank, the deference, the neighbours who would bring their daughters to be looked at — goes out at once, and the story stays inside his head while it does.

That night the family rhyme he grew up on begins repeating itself to him: turn left, turn right, walk forward, walk back, silver and gold beyond counting. He digs by lamplight in the floor of his own room and turns up a rotted jawbone that appears to laugh at him. Then a white light shows him where the real treasure must be, out in the hills beyond the city. The last paragraph is a naked body found floating in a lake outside the walls, with nobody willing to come and identify it.

When it was written 背景

Published in 東方雜誌 (Eastern Miscellany) in the summer of 1922, and the bleakest thing in 吶喊 — the imperial examination system that shaped 孔乙己, seen this time from the inside, taking a man apart over a single night. It is short, but it is the hardest of the short ones for a learner: much of it happens inside 陳士成's head, his imagined future arrives in fragments, and the examination vocabulary (秀才, 縣考, 榜) is specific to it. Read 孔乙己 first and this becomes half as difficult.

Words in this chapter 生词